ᖦᖤᐱᒃ &&apik (1vv)
Meaning
implies frustration or annoyance, because of embarassment, inconvenience or awkwardness to one's position or plans: 'damn it!'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖦᖤᐱᒃ | &&apik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+&&apik → _V&&apik |
| After t | |||
| ᖦᖤᐱᒃ | &&apik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+&&apik → _&&apik |
| After k | |||
| ᖦᖤᐱᒃ | &&apik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+&&apik → _&&apik |
| After q | |||
| ᖦᖤᐱᒃ | &&apik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+&&apik → _&&apik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖦᖤᖅ &&aq (1vv)
Meaning
implies frustration or annoyance, because of embarassment, inconvenience or awkwardness to one's position or plans: 'damn it!'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖦᖤᖅ | &&aq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+&&aq → _V&&aq |
| After t | |||
| ᖦᖤᖅ | &&aq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+&&aq → _&&aq |
| After k | |||
| ᖦᖤᖅ | &&aq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+&&aq → _&&aq |
| After q | |||
| ᖦᖤᖅ | &&aq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+&&aq → _&&aq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖤᖅ &aq (1vv)
Meaning
identification
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖤᖅ | &aq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+&aq → _V&aq |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==u/1nv
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_caus
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖠᖅ &iq (1nn)
Meaning
superlativeness, highest degree, the most of all
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖠᖅ | &iq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+&iq → _V&iq |
| ᓪᓕᖅ | lliq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lliq → _Vlliq |
| After t | |||
| ᖠᖅ | &iq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+&iq → _t&iq |
| ᓪᓕᖅ | lliq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lliq → _lliq |
| After k | |||
| ᖠᖅ | &iq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+&iq → _k&iq |
| ᓪᓕᖅ | lliq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lliq → _lliq |
| After q | |||
| ᖠᖅ | &iq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+&iq → _q&iq |
| ᓪᓕᖅ | lliq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lliq → _lliq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᐊ a (1vv)
Meaning
action done several times, or continuously, or on several objects, or by several subjects; also, with transitive verbs with perfect sense: renders the action at the present time
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊ | a | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+a → _Va |
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+aq → _Vaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐊ | a | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+a → _a |
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+aq → _aq |
| After k | |||
| ᐊ | a | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+a → _a |
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+aq → _aq |
| After q | |||
| ᐊ | a | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+a → _a |
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+aq → _aq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐊᔭᒃ ajak (1nv)
Meaning
to take many (animals)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᔭᒃ | ajak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ajak → _Vajak |
| After t | |||
| ᐊᔭᒃ | ajak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ajak → _ajak |
| After k | |||
| ᐊᔭᒃ | ajak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ajak → _ajak |
| After q | |||
| ᐊᔭᒃ | ajak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ajak → _ajak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐊᓪᓚᒃ allak (1vv)
Meaning
ease, simpleness of action; 'easily'; 'just'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᓪᓚᒃ | allak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+allak → _Vallak |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+allak → _VVraallak | ||
| ᐊᓚ | ala | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ala → _Vala |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+ala → _VVraala | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᓪᓚᒃ | allak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+allak → _allak |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+allak → _VVraallak | ||
| ᐊᓚ | ala | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ala → _ala |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+ala → _VVraala | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐊᓪᓚᒃ | allak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+allak → _allak |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+allak → _VVraallak | ||
| ᐊᓚ | ala | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ala → _ala |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+ala → _VVraala | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐊᓪᓚᒃ | allak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+allak → _allak |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+allak → _VVraallak | ||
| ᐊᓚ | ala | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ala → _ala |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+ala → _VVraala | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐊᓗᒃ aluk (1nn)
Meaning
largeness; impressiveness; 'large'; exaggeration, aggrandizement of action (with gerundive): 'a lot', 'a great deal'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᓗᒃ | aluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+aluk → _Valuk |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+aluk → _VVraaluk | ||
| ᐋᓗᒃ | aaluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+aaluk → _Vaaluk |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+aaluk → _VVraaaluk | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᓗᒃ | aluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+aluk → _aluk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+aluk → _VVraaluk | ||
| ᐊᓗᒃ | aluk | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+aluk → _tialuk |
| ᐋᓗᒃ | aaluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+aaluk → _aaluk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+aaluk → _VVraaaluk | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐊᓗᒃ | aluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+aluk → _aluk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+aluk → _VVraaluk | ||
| ᐋᓗᒃ | aaluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+aaluk → _aaluk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+aaluk → _VVraaaluk | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐊᓗᒃ | aluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+aluk → _aluk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+aluk → _VVraaluk | ||
| ᐋᓗᒃ | aaluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+aaluk → _aaluk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+aaluk → _VVraaaluk | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐊᓂᒃ anik (1vv)
Meaning
action already done; 'already' (Aivilik)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᓂᒃ | anik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+anik → _Vanik |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+anik → _VVraanik | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᓂᒃ | anik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+anik → _anik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+anik → _VVraanik | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐊᓂᒃ | anik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+anik → _anik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+anik → _VVraanik | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐊᓂᒃ | anik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+anik → _anik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+anik → _VVraanik | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐊᓐᓄᒃ annuk (1nn)
Meaning
diminutiveness; 'small'; 'sweet, beautiful little'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᓐᓄᒃ | annuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+annuk → _Vannuk |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts r in front of the suffix. | _VV+annuk → _VVrannuk | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᓐᓄᒃ | annuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+annuk → _annuk |
| After k | |||
| ᐊᓐᓄᒃ | annuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+annuk → _annuk |
| After q | |||
| ᐊᓐᓄᒃ | annuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+annuk → _annuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐊᐱᒃ apik (1nn)
Meaning
diminutiveness; 'small'; 'sweet'; 'nice'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᐱᒃ | apik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+apik → _Vapik |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+apik → _VVraapik | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᐱᒃ | apik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+apik → _apik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+apik → _VVraapik | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐊᐱᒃ | apik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+apik → _apik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+apik → _VVraapik | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐊᐱᒃ | apik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+apik → _apik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+apik → _VVraapik | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐊᖅ aq (1nv)
Meaning
arrival at a place: 'go to'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+aq → _aq |
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uq → _uq |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_dat
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐊᖅ aq (2nv)
Meaning
1) to spread s.t. (a substance) on s.t. 2) to hurt s.o. on a body part; 3) to break s.o.'s thing
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+aq → _Vaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+aq → _aq |
| After k | |||
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+aq → _aq |
| After q | |||
| ᐊᖅ | aq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+aq → _aq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk (1nn)
Meaning
smallness; 'small'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+arjuk → _Varjuk |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+arjuk → _arjuk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+arjuk → _arjuk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+arjuk → _arjuk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐊᕐᔪᒃ arjuk (2vv)
Meaning
a little
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+arjuk → _Varjuk |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VV+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+arjuk → _arjuk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVt+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+arjuk → _arjuk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVk+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐊᕐᔪᒃ | arjuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+arjuk → _arjuk |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ra in front of the suffix. | _VVq+arjuk → _VVraarjuk | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒐᐃ gai (1vv)
Meaning
whenever
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᐃ | gai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gai → _Vgai |
| ᒐᐃᒃ | gaik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gaik → _Vgaik |
| After t | |||
| ᒐᐃ | gai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+gai → _tgai |
| ᒐᐃᒃ | gaik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+gaik → _tgaik |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᐃ | gai | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gai → _gai |
| ᒐᐃᒃ | gaik | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gaik → _gaik |
| ᑲᐃᒃ | kaik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+kaik → _kkaik |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᐃ | rai | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+rai → _rai |
| ᕋᐃᒃ | raik | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+raik → _raik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᒐᔪᒃ gajuk (1vv)
Meaning
expresses more than regular action: 'frequently', 'always'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᔪᒃ | gajuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gajuk → _Vgajuk |
| After t | |||
| ᒐᔪᒃ | gajuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gajuk → _gajuk |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᔪᒃ | gajuk | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gajuk → _gajuk |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᔪᒃ | rajuk | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+rajuk → _rajuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒐᓚᖅ galaq (1nn)
Meaning
collectiveness; characteristic
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᓚᖅ | galaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+galaq → _Vgalaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒐᓚᖅ | galaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+galaq → _galaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᓚᖅ | galaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+galaq → _galaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒐᓚᖅ | galaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+galaq → _galaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_p
Examples
ᒐᓗᐊᖅ galuaq (1vv)
Meaning
really; actually
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᓗᐊᖅ | galuaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+galuaq → _Vgaluaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᓗᐊᖅ | kaluaq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the k of the suffix. | _t+kaluaq → _kkaluaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᓗᐊᖅ | kaluaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into k. | _k+kaluaq → _kaluaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᓗᐊᖅ | raluaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+raluaq → _raluaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒐᓗᐊᖅ galuaq (2vn)
Meaning
really; actually
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᓗᐊᖅ | galuaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+galuaq → _Vgaluaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᓗᐊᖅ | kaluaq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the k of the suffix. | _t+kaluaq → _kkaluaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᓗᐊᖅ | kaluaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into k. | _k+kaluaq → _kaluaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᓗᐊᖅ | raluaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+raluaq → _raluaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒐᖅ gaq (1vn)
Meaning
forms a noun with an inherently passive meaning: someone/something that one ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gaq → _Vgaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gaq → _gaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+gaq → _gaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+gaq → _gaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒐᖅ gaq (2vv)
Meaning
frequentative: several times
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gaq → _Vgaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gaq → _gaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+gaq → _gaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒐᖅ | gaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+gaq → _gaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᒡᒋᖅ ggiq (1nv)
Meaning
bring along with
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒡᒋᖅ | ggiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ggiq → _Vggiq |
| After t | |||
| ᒡᒋᖅ | ggiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ggiq → _ggiq |
| After k | |||
| ᒡᒋᖅ | ggiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ggiq → _ggiq |
| After q | |||
| ᒡᒋᖅ | ggiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ggiq → _ggiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒋ gi (1nv)
Meaning
have as; possess; have as relation; use as; consider or treat as
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gi → _Vgi |
| After t | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+gi → _tigi |
| After k | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gi → _gi |
| After q | |||
| ᕆ | ri | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ri → _ri |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_nn OU function==function_vn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒋ gi (2vv)
Meaning
again
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gi → _Vgi |
| After t | |||
| ᓂ | ni | It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _t+ni → _nni |
| ᑭ | ki | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+ki → _tki |
| After k | |||
| ᑭ | ki | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+ki → _kki |
| ᒋ | gi | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+gi → _gi |
| After q | |||
| ᕆ | ri | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ri → _ri |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v OU function==function_nv OU function==function_vv
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_int OU mode==mode_dec
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒋ gi (3vv)
Meaning
to find, consider s.t. or s.o. ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gi → _Vgi |
| After t | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gi → _gi |
| After k | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gi → _gi |
| After q | |||
| ᕆ | ri | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ri → _ri |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET nature==nature_a
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒋ gi (4vv)
Meaning
added to gi verbs to use them transitively
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gi → _Vgi |
| After t | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gi → _gi |
| After k | |||
| ᒋ | gi | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gi → _gi |
| After q | |||
| ᕆ | ri | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ri → _ri |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET transinfix==transinfix_gi/4vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq (1vv)
Meaning
commencement of action: 'begin to'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+giaq → _Vgiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+giaq → _giaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+giaq → _giaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐊᖅ | riaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+riaq → _riaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq (2vn)
Meaning
which has a natural tendency to
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+giaq → _Vgiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+giaq → _giaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+giaq → _giaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐊᖅ | riaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+riaq → _riaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒋᐊᖅ giaq (3vn)
Meaning
the fact of
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+giaq → _Vgiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+giaq → _giaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+giaq → _giaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐊᖅ | riaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+riaq → _riaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᒌᒃ giik (1nn)
Meaning
a pair of two (or a group of three or more, in the plural) people or things; if of unequal importance or strength, the stem denotes the lesser of the two
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒌᒃ | giik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+giik → _Vgiik |
| After t | |||
| ᒌᒃ | giik | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+giik → _tigiik |
| After k | |||
| ᒌᒃ | giik | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+giik → _giik |
| After q | |||
| ᕇᒃ | riik | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+riik → _riik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒌᒃ giik (2nv)
Meaning
to be mutually the same; if of unequal importance or strength, the stem denotes the lesser of the two
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒌᒃ | giik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+giik → _Vgiik |
| After t | |||
| ᒌᒃ | giik | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+giik → _tigiik |
| After k | |||
| ᒌᒃ | giik | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+giik → _giik |
| After q | |||
| ᕇᒃ | riik | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+riik → _riik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
ᒋᒃ gik (1nv)
Meaning
to have good ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒋᒃ | gik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gik → _Vgik |
| After t | |||
| ᒋᒃ | gik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gik → _gik |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᒃ | gik | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gik → _gik |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᒃ | rik | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+rik → _rik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒍᒃ guk (1nv)
Meaning
to be desirous of the fulfillment of a physical or sensual need
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒍᒃ | guk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guk → _Vguk |
| ᒍᖅ | guq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guq → _Vguq |
| After t | |||
| ᒍᒃ | guk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guk → _guk |
| ᒍᖅ | guq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guq → _guq |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᒃ | guk | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+guk → _guk |
| ᒍᖅ | guq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+guq → _guq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᒃ | ruk | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ruk → _ruk |
| ᕈᖅ | ruq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ruq → _ruq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒍᓗ gulu (1nn)
Meaning
terrible; wretched
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒍᓗ | gulu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gulu → _Vgulu |
| After t | |||
| ᒍᓗ | gulu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gulu → _gulu |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᓗ | gulu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+gulu → _gulu |
| After q | |||
| ᒍᓗ | gulu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+gulu → _gulu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒍᖅ guq (2nv)
Meaning
to make s.o. (refl.: oneself = to mature) become more of what one already is
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒍᖅ | guq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guq → _Vguq |
| After t | |||
| ᒍᖅ | guq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guq → _guq |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᖅ | guq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+guq → _guq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᖅ | ruq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ruq → _ruq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk (1vv)
Meaning
added to gi verbs to use them intransitively
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gusuk → _Vgusuk |
| After t | |||
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gusuk → _gusuk |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gusuk → _gusuk |
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+gusuk → _gusuk |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓱᒃ | rusuk | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+rusuk → _rusuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_gusuk/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒍᓱᒃ gusuk (2vv)
Meaning
to like, to want to do s.t.; to be disposed or about to do s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gusuk → _Vgusuk |
| After t | |||
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gusuk → _gusuk |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+gusuk → _gusuk |
| ᒍᓱᒃ | gusuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+gusuk → _gusuk |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓱᒃ | rusuk | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+rusuk → _rusuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET PAS intransinfix==intransinfix_gusuk/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒎᖅ guuq (1q)
Meaning
reporting discourse: 'he/she said'
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒎᖅ | guuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guuq → _Vguuq |
| After t | |||
| ᒎᖅ | guuq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the g of the suffix. | _t+guuq → _gguuq |
| After k | |||
| ᒎᖅ | guuq | It fusions the k of the stem with the g of the suffix into g. | _k+guuq → _guuq |
| After q | |||
| ᕉᖅ | ruuq | It fusions the q of the stem with the g of the suffix into r. | _q+ruuq → _ruuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐃ i (1vv)
Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃ | i | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+i → _Vi |
| After t | |||
| ᐃ | i | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+i → _i |
| After k | |||
| ᐃ | i | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+i → _i |
| After q | |||
| ᐃ | i | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+i → _i |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_i/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᔭᖅ ijaq (1nv)
Meaning
to remove; to have something removed; coldness of (when used with body parts)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᔭᖅ | ijaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ijaq → _Vijaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+ijaq → _VVngijaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᔭᖅ | ijaq | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+ijaq → _taijaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᔭᖅ | ijaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ijaq → _ijaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+ijaq → _VVngijaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᔭᖅ | ijaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ijaq → _ijaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+ijaq → _VVngijaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᓛᒃ ilaak (1q)
Meaning
marker of reaffirmation: "so", "indeed"
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓛᒃ | ilaak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ilaak → _Vilaak |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, . | _VV+ilaak → _VVlaak | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓛᒃ | ilaak | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+ilaak → _nilaak |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓛᒃ | ilaak | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+ilaak → _ngilaak |
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓛᒃ | ilaak | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+ilaak → _rilaak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐃᓕᑕᖅ ilitaq (1nn)
Meaning
protection for part of body; protection against something
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓕᑕᖅ | ilitaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ilitaq → _Vilitaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it deletes the last vowel of the stem. | _VV+ilitaq → _Vilitaq | ||
| ᐃᓕᑕᖅ | ilitaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ilitaq → _Vilitaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+ilitaq → _VVngilitaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓕᑕᖅ | ilitaq | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+ilitaq → _tailitaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓕᑕᖅ | ilitaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ilitaq → _ilitaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it deletes the last vowel of the stem. | _VVk+ilitaq → _Vilitaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓕᑕᖅ | ilitaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ilitaq → _ilitaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it deletes the last vowel of the stem. | _VVq+ilitaq → _Vilitaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐃᓪᓕ illi (1nv)
Meaning
to break or to seriously impair a body part
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓪᓕ | illi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+illi → _Villi |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+illi → _VVngilli | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓪᓕ | illi | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+illi → _tailli |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓪᓕ | illi | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+illi → _illi |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+illi → _VVngilli | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓪᓕ | illi | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+illi → _illi |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+illi → _VVngilli | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq (1nn)
Meaning
exclusiveness: 'just', 'only'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+innaq → _Vinnaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+innaq → _innaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVt+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+innaq → _innaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+innaq → _innaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᓐᓇᖅ innaq (2vv)
Meaning
to do nothing but; to do always; exclusively
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+innaq → _Vinnaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+innaq → _innaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVt+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+innaq → _innaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᖅ | innaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+innaq → _innaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+innaq → _VVnginnaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ innaujaq (1vv)
Meaning
to seem to do nothing but, to always do
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ | innaujaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+innaujaq → _Vinnaujaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ | innaujaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+innaujaq → _innaujaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVt+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq | ||
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ | innaujaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+innaujaq → _innaujaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓐᓇᐅᔭᖅ | innaujaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+innaujaq → _innaujaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+innaujaq → _VVnginnaujaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᖅ iq (1nv)
Meaning
to remove; to lack; to be out of; refl.: to give away, to sell, to loose s.t.; with body parts: intrans.: to have cold ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+iq → _Viq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+iq → _VVngiq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+iq → _taiq |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+iq → _iq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+iq → _VVngiq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+iq → _iq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+iq → _VVngiq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_n OU function==function_vn OU function==function_nn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᖅ iq (2vv)
Meaning
no longer
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+iq → _Viq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+iq → _VVngiq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+iq → _taiq |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+iq → _iq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+iq → _VVngiq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᖅ | iq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+iq → _iq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+iq → _VVngiq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᖅᓱᖅ iqsuq (1nv)
Meaning
to do a number of times
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᖅᓱᖅ | iqsuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+iqsuq → _Viqsuq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+iqsuq → _VVngiqsuq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᖅᓱᖅ | iqsuq | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+iqsuq → _taiqsuq |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᖅᓱᖅ | iqsuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+iqsuq → _iqsuq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+iqsuq → _VVngiqsuq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᖅᓱᖅ | iqsuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+iqsuq → _iqsuq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+iqsuq → _VVngiqsuq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
nature==nature_nb
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ irujjaq (1nn)
Meaning
one who is bereft of s.t., who is left without s.t.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: iq1nv + uti1vv + jaq1vn
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ | irujjaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+irujjaq → _Virujjaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+irujjaq → _VVngirujjaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ | irujjaq | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+irujjaq → _tairujjaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ | irujjaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+irujjaq → _irujjaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+irujjaq → _VVngirujjaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔭᖅ | irujjaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+irujjaq → _irujjaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+irujjaq → _VVngirujjaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐃᕈᔾᔨ irujji (1nv)
Meaning
to remove all of s.t.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: iq1nv + uti1vv + ji1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔨ | irujji | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+irujji → _Virujji |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+irujji → _VVngirujji | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔨ | irujji | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+irujji → _tairujji |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔨ | irujji | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+irujji → _irujji |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+irujji → _VVngirujji | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᕈᔾᔨ | irujji | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+irujji → _irujji |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+irujji → _VVngirujji | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᕈᑎ iruti (1nv)
Meaning
to remove all of s.t. (refl.: to be bereft of; to run out of)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: iq1nv + uti1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᕈᑎ | iruti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+iruti → _Viruti |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+iruti → _VVngiruti | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᕈᑎ | iruti | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+iruti → _tairuti |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᕈᑎ | iruti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+iruti → _iruti |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+iruti → _VVngiruti | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᕈᑎ | iruti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+iruti → _iruti |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+iruti → _VVngiruti | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᓴᒃ isak (1nv)
Meaning
to have almost no more of s.t.; there to be almost no more of s.t.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᓴᒃ | isak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+isak → _Visak |
| After t | |||
| ᐃᓴᒃ | isak | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+isak → _taisak |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᓴᒃ | isak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+isak → _isak |
| After q | |||
| ᐃᓴᒃ | isak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+isak → _isak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐃᑦ it (1nv)
Meaning
after -mi: to be in; to exist in; after -tut: to be like
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+it → _Vit |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_loc OU cas==cas_sim
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᑦ it (1vv)
Meaning
to be the contrary of
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+it → _Vit |
| After t | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+it → _it |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+it → _it |
| After q | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+it → _Vit | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET nature==nature_a
Examples
ᐃᑦ it (2nv)
Meaning
to have no s.t.; to be without s.t.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+it → _Vit |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+it → _VVngit | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+it → _tait |
| ᐃᑦ | it | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+it → _tiit |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+it → _VVngit | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+it → _VVngit | ||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+it → _Vit | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
NOT the condition of it/3nv on the preceding morpheme
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐃᑦ it (3nv)
Meaning
to be such
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+it → _Vit |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+it → _VVngit | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It inserts a in front of the suffix. | _t+it → _tait |
| ᐃᑦ | it | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+it → _tiit |
| After k | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+it → _VVngit | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+it → _VVngit | ||
| ᐃᑦ | it | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+it → _it |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+it → _Vit | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_a
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᖅ jaq (1vn)
Meaning
he/that on whom/which the action is done (passive)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaq → _Vjaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taq → _ttaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taq → _ktaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taq → _qtaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᖅ jaq (1vv)
Meaning
to seem, to be, to look, to act like being s.t. or s.o.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaq → _Vjaq |
| ᔮᖅ | jaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaaq → _Vjaaq |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==u/1nv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔭᖅ jaq (2vv)
Meaning
multiple action, or action on multiple objects
This infix is a frequentative. Frequentatives are often used with perfect verb roots (action in the past with result in the present) to indicate that the action is actually taking place in the present time. For example:
iqqanaiqpaa - he has finished it
iqqanaijaqpaa - he is finishing it
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaq → _Vjaq |
| After t | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jaq → _jaq |
| After k | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jaq → _jaq |
| After q | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jaq → _jaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᖅ jaq (3vn)
Meaning
like, similar to
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᖅ | jaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaq → _Vjaq |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==u/1nv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᖅᑐᖅ jaqtuq (1vv)
Meaning
go to, go off to, go on to, etc. for a long time
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᖅᑐᖅ | jaqtuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaqtuq → _Vjaqtuq |
| ᔮᖅᑐᖅ | jaaqtuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jaaqtuq → _Vjaaqtuq |
| After t | |||
| ᓴᖅᑐᖅ | saqtuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+saqtuq → _saqtuq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅᑐᖅ | giaqtuq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+giaqtuq → _giaqtuq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐊᖅᑐᖅ | riaqtuq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+riaqtuq → _riaqtuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ jariaksaq (2vn)
Meaning
gives the verbal root a gerundive (nominal) meaning; when followed by a possessive ending, it has the sens "whether or not"
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ | jariaksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jariaksaq → _Vjariaksaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ | tariaksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tariaksaq → _ttariaksaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐊᒃᓴᖅ | giaksaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+giaksaq → _giaksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐊᒃᓴᖅ | riaksaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+riaksaq → _riaksaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᕆᐊᖅ jariaq (1vn)
Meaning
the obligation to perform an action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᕆᐊᖅ | jariaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jariaq → _Vjariaq |
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+giaq → _Vgiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᕆᐊᖅ | tariaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tariaq → _ttariaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐊᖅ | giaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+giaq → _giaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐊᖅ | riaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+riaq → _riaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
id==qaq/1nv OU id==lik/1nn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔭᕇᖅ jariiq (1vv)
Meaning
action already completed: 'already'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᕇᖅ | jariiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jariiq → _Vjariiq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᕇᖅ | tariiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tariiq → _ttariiq |
| After k | |||
| ᒌᖅ | giiq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+giiq → _giiq |
| After q | |||
| ᕇᖅ | riiq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+riiq → _riiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔭᕆᐅᖅ jariuq (1vv)
Meaning
'for the first time'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᕆᐅᖅ | jariuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jariuq → _Vjariuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᕆᐅᖅ | tariuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tariuq → _ttariuq |
| After k | |||
| ᒋᐅᖅ | giuq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+giuq → _giuq |
| After q | |||
| ᕆᐅᖅ | riuq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+riuq → _riuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔭᕐᓂᖅ jarniq (1vv)
Meaning
to be pleasant to...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔭᕐᓂᖅ | jarniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jarniq → _Vjarniq |
| After t | |||
| ᒐᕐᓂᖅ | garniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+garniq → _garniq |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᕐᓂᖅ | garniq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+garniq → _garniq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into n. | _q+niq → _niq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔨ ji (1vn)
Meaning
one whose job is; agent
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔨ | ji | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ji → _Vji |
| After t | |||
| ᑎ | ti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+ti → _tti |
| After k | |||
| ᑎ | ti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+ti → _kti |
| After q | |||
| ᑎ | ti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+ti → _qti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v OU function==function_nv OU function==function_vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔨ ji (1vv)
Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔨ | ji | If the stem meets the condition id:uti/1vv, it deletes the V of the stem. | _V+ji → _ji |
| ᔨ | ji | If the stem does not meet the condition id:uti/1vv, it does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ji → _Vji |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_ji/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔾᔮ jjaa (1vv)
Meaning
emphatic future: 'definitely' (always combined with a negative suffix: -nngit-, -junniiq-)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔾᔮ | jjaa | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjaa → _Vjjaa |
| After t | |||
| ᔾᔮ | jjaa | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjaa → _jjaa |
| After k | |||
| ᔾᔮ | jjaa | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjaa → _jjaa |
| After q | |||
| ᔾᔮ | jjaa | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jjaa → _jjaa |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
id==junniiq/1vv OU id==nngit/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ jjaikkut (1vn)
Meaning
instrument of prevention
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ | jjaikkut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjaikkut → _Vjjaikkut |
| After t | |||
| ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ | jjaikkut | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjaikkut → _jjaikkut |
| After k | |||
| ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ | jjaikkut | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjaikkut → _jjaikkut |
| After q | |||
| ᔾᔭᐃᒃᑯᑦ | jjaikkut | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jjaikkut → _jjaikkut |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔾᔭᖅ jjaq (1nv)
Meaning
to break; to snap off
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔾᔭᖅ | jjaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjaq → _Vjjaq |
| After t | |||
| ᔾᔭᖅ | jjaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjaq → _jjaq |
| After k | |||
| ᔾᔭᖅ | jjaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjaq → _jjaq |
| After q | |||
| ᔾᔭᖅ | jjaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jjaq → _jjaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq (1nv)
Meaning
to put s.t. on s.t. or s.o.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjiq → _Vjjiq |
| After t | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjiq → _jjiq |
| After k | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjiq → _jjiq |
| After q | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jjiq → _jjiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᔾᔨᖅ jjiq (2nv)
Meaning
to receive s.t.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjiq → _Vjjiq |
| After t | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjiq → _jjiq |
| After k | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjiq → _jjiq |
| After q | |||
| ᔾᔨᖅ | jjiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jjiq → _jjiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᔾᔪᑦ jjut (1vn)
Meaning
reason, cause, motive for doing s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔾᔪᑦ | jjut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjut → _Vjjut |
| ᔾᔪᑎ | jjuti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jjuti → _Vjjuti |
| After t | |||
| ᔾᔪᑦ | jjut | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjut → _jjut |
| ᔾᔪᑎ | jjuti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+jjuti → _jjuti |
| After k | |||
| ᔾᔪᑦ | jjut | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjut → _jjut |
| ᔾᔪᑎ | jjuti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+jjuti → _jjuti |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᑦ | rut | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+rut → _rut |
| ᕈᑎ | ruti | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+ruti → _ruti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq (1nn)
Meaning
large; big
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It inserts r in front of the suffix. | _V+juaq → _Vrjuaq |
| After t | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It inserts ir in front of the suffix. | _t+juaq → _tirjuaq |
| After k | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+juaq → _gjuaq |
| After q | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+juaq → _rjuaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔪᐊᖅ juaq (2vv)
Meaning
over-sized, exaggerated action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It inserts r in front of the suffix. | _V+juaq → _Vrjuaq |
| After t | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It inserts ir in front of the suffix. | _t+juaq → _tirjuaq |
| After k | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+juaq → _gjuaq |
| After q | |||
| ᔪᐊᖅ | juaq | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+juaq → _rjuaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔪᐃᑦ juit (1vv)
Meaning
rarity of the action: 'rarely', 'seldom'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᐃᑦ | juit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juit → _Vjuit |
| ᓱᐃᑦ | suit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+suit → _Vsuit |
| After t | |||
| ᔪᐃᑦ | juit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+juit → _juit |
| ᑐᐃᑦ | tuit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuit → _ttuit |
| After k | |||
| ᔪᐃᑦ | juit | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+juit → _juit |
| After q | |||
| ᔪᐃᑦ | juit | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+juit → _juit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᒃᓴᖅ juksaq (1vn)
Meaning
someone or something who should (is supposed to) perform an action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: juq1vn + ksaq1nn
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᒃᓴᖅ | juksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juksaq → _Vjuksaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᒃᓴᖅ | tuksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuksaq → _ttuksaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᒃᓴᖅ | tuksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuksaq → _ktuksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᒃᓴᖅ | tuksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuksaq → _qtuksaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᒪ juma (1vv)
Meaning
desire
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᒪ | juma | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juma → _Vjuma |
| ᒍᒪ | guma | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guma → _Vguma |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᒪ | tuma | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuma → _ttuma |
| ᒍᒪ | guma | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guma → _guma |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᒪ | guma | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+guma → _guma |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᒪ | ruma | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+ruma → _ruma |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᒫᖅ jumaaq (1vv)
Meaning
very distant future
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᒫᖅ | jumaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+jumaaq → _Vjumaaq |
| ᒍᒫᖅ | gumaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gumaaq → _Vgumaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᒫᖅ | tumaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tumaaq → _ttumaaq |
| ᒍᒫᖅ | gumaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gumaaq → _gumaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᒫᖅ | gumaaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+gumaaq → _gumaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᒫᖅ | rumaaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+rumaaq → _rumaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᔪᒥᓇᖅ juminaq (1vv)
Meaning
causation of a desire to
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᒥᓇᖅ | juminaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juminaq → _Vjuminaq |
| ᒍᒥᓇᖅ | guminaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guminaq → _Vguminaq |
| ᔪᒥᓇᒃ | juminak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juminak → _Vjuminak |
| ᒍᒥᓇᒃ | guminak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guminak → _Vguminak |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᒥᓇᖅ | tuminaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuminaq → _ttuminaq |
| ᒍᒥᓇᖅ | guminaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guminaq → _guminaq |
| ᑐᒥᓇᒃ | tuminak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuminak → _ttuminak |
| ᒍᒥᓇᒃ | guminak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guminak → _guminak |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᒥᓇᖅ | guminaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+guminaq → _guminaq |
| ᒍᒥᓇᒃ | guminak | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+guminak → _guminak |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᒥᓇᖅ | ruminaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+ruminaq → _ruminaq |
| ᕈᒥᓇᒃ | ruminak | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+ruminak → _ruminak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᓐᓇᙱᑦ junnanngit (1vv)
Meaning
to not be able to; occasionally means "never"
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: junnaq1vv + nngit1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᓐᓇᙱᑦ | junnanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+junnanngit → _Vjunnanngit |
| ᔪᓇᙱᑦ | junanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+junanngit → _Vjunanngit |
| ᒍᓐᓇᙱᑦ | gunnanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gunnanngit → _Vgunnanngit |
| ᒍᓇᙱᑦ | gunanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gunanngit → _Vgunanngit |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᓐᓇᙱᑦ | tunnanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tunnanngit → _ttunnanngit |
| ᑐᓇᙱᑦ | tunanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tunanngit → _ttunanngit |
| ᒍᓐᓇᙱᑦ | gunnanngit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gunnanngit → _gunnanngit |
| ᒍᓇᙱᑦ | gunanngit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gunanngit → _gunanngit |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᓐᓇᙱᑦ | gunnanngit | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+gunnanngit → _gunnanngit |
| ᒍᓇᙱᑦ | gunanngit | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+gunanngit → _gunanngit |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓐᓇᙱᑦ | runnanngit | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runnanngit → _runnanngit |
| ᕈᓇᙱᑦ | runanngit | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runanngit → _runanngit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᓐᓇᖅ junnaq (1vv)
Meaning
capability: 'can', 'be able to'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᓐᓇᖅ | junnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+junnaq → _Vjunnaq |
| ᔪᓇᖅ | junaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+junaq → _Vjunaq |
| ᒍᓐᓇᖅ | gunnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gunnaq → _Vgunnaq |
| ᒍᓇᖅ | gunaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gunaq → _Vgunaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᓐᓇᖅ | tunnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tunnaq → _ttunnaq |
| ᑐᓇᖅ | tunaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tunaq → _ttunaq |
| ᒍᓐᓇᖅ | gunnaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gunnaq → _gunnaq |
| ᒍᓇᖅ | gunaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gunaq → _gunaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᓐᓇᖅ | gunnaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+gunnaq → _gunnaq |
| ᒍᓇᖅ | gunaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+gunaq → _gunaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓐᓇᖅ | runnaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runnaq → _runnaq |
| ᕈᓇᖅ | runaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runaq → _runaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᓐᓃᖅ junniiq (1vv)
Meaning
cessation of action: 'not any longer', 'not any more'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᓐᓃᖅ | junniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+junniiq → _Vjunniiq |
| ᔪᓃᖅ | juniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juniiq → _Vjuniiq |
| ᔪᓂᖅ | juniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juniq → _Vjuniq |
| ᒍᓐᓃᖅ | gunniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gunniiq → _Vgunniiq |
| ᒍᓃᖅ | guniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guniiq → _Vguniiq |
| ᒍᓂᖅ | guniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guniq → _Vguniq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᓐᓃᖅ | tunniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tunniiq → _ttunniiq |
| ᑐᓃᖅ | tuniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuniiq → _ttuniiq |
| ᑐᓂᖅ | tuniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuniq → _ttuniq |
| ᒍᓐᓃᖅ | gunniiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+gunniiq → _gunniiq |
| ᒍᓃᖅ | guniiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guniiq → _guniiq |
| ᒍᓂᖅ | guniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guniq → _guniq |
| After k | |||
| ᒍᓐᓃᖅ | gunniiq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+gunniiq → _gunniiq |
| ᒍᓃᖅ | guniiq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+guniiq → _guniiq |
| ᒍᓂᖅ | guniq | It fusions the k of the stem with the j of the suffix into g. | _k+guniq → _guniq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓐᓃᖅ | runniiq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runniiq → _runniiq |
| ᕈᓃᖅ | runiiq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runiiq → _runiiq |
| ᕈᓂᖅ | runiq | It fusions the q of the stem with the j of the suffix into r. | _q+runiq → _runiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔪᖅ juq (1vn)
Meaning
one who/something that does the action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔪᖅ | juq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juq → _Vjuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuq → _ttuq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuq → _ktuq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuq → _qtuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Mallon, Mick, "Introductory Inuktitut Reference Grammar version 2.1". Nunavut Arctic College, Ittukuluuk Language Programs, Iqaluit & Victoria, Canada, 1995.
ᔫ juu (1vv)
Meaning
distant past and historical past
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔫ | juu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juu → _Vjuu |
| After t | |||
| ᔫ | juu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+juu → _juu |
| After k | |||
| ᔫ | juu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+juu → _juu |
| After q | |||
| ᔫ | juu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+juu → _juu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᔫᒻᒥ juummi (1vv)
Meaning
to a small degree, a little
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᔫᒻᒥ | juummi | It inserts j in front of the suffix. | _V+juummi → _Vjjuummi |
| ᔪᒥ | jumi | It inserts j in front of the suffix. | _V+jumi → _Vjjumi |
| After t | |||
| ᔫᒻᒥ | juummi | It assimilates the t of the stem to the j of the suffix. | _t+juummi → _jjuummi |
| ᔪᒥ | jumi | It assimilates the t of the stem to the j of the suffix. | _t+jumi → _jjumi |
| After k | |||
| ᔫᒻᒥ | juummi | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+juummi → _gjuummi |
| ᔪᒥ | jumi | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+jumi → _gjumi |
| After q | |||
| ᔫᒻᒥ | juummi | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+juummi → _rjuummi |
| ᔪᒥ | jumi | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+jumi → _rjumi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᖠ k&i (1nv)
Meaning
there to be less of X; a diminuation of X
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᖠ | k&i | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+k&i → _Vk&i |
| After t | |||
| The form in this context is not known to us at this moment. | |||
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown. | null | ||
| After k | |||
| ᕐᖠ | r&i | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+r&i → _r&i |
| After q | |||
| ᕐᖠ | r&i | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+r&i → _r&i |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑳᓪᓚᖅ kaallaq (1vv)
Meaning
suddenly
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑳᓪᓚᖅ | kaallaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kaallaq → _Vkaallaq |
| ᑳᓪᓚᒃ | kaallak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kaallak → _Vkaallak |
| After t | |||
| ᑳᓪᓚᖅ | kaallaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kaallaq → _kaallaq |
| ᑳᓪᓚᒃ | kaallak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kaallak → _kaallak |
| After k | |||
| ᑳᓪᓚᖅ | kaallaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kaallaq → _kaallaq |
| ᑳᓪᓚᒃ | kaallak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kaallak → _kaallak |
| After q | |||
| ᑳᓪᓚᖅ | kaallaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kaallaq → _kaallaq |
| ᑳᓪᓚᒃ | kaallak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kaallak → _kaallak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ kainnaq (1vv)
Meaning
brief action: 'for a brief time', 'for a short time'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ | kainnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kainnaq → _Vkainnaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ | kainnaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kainnaq → _kainnaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ | kainnaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kainnaq → _kainnaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑲᐃᓐᓇᖅ | kainnaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kainnaq → _kainnaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑲᒻᒥᖅ kammiq (1vv)
Meaning
recently
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑲᒻᒥᖅ | kammiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kammiq → _Vkammiq |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᒻᒥᖅ | kammiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kammiq → _kammiq |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᒻᒥᖅ | kammiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kammiq → _kammiq |
| After q | |||
| ᑲᒻᒥᖅ | kammiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kammiq → _kammiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑲᓵᒃ kasaak (1nn)
Meaning
incompleteness: 'almost'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kasaak → _Vkasaak |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kasaak → _kasaak |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kasaak → _kasaak |
| After q | |||
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kasaak → _kasaak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑲᓴᒃ kasak (1vv)
Meaning
incompleteness: 'almost'; with a subordinate clause in the past conditional ('if I had...'), a main verb with this suffix takes on a subjunctive meaning ('I would have...')
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑲᓴᒃ | kasak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kasak → _Vkasak |
| ᑲᓵᖅ | kasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kasaaq → _Vkasaaq |
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kasaak → _Vkasaak |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᓴᒃ | kasak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kasak → _kasak |
| ᑲᓵᖅ | kasaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kasaaq → _kasaaq |
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kasaak → _kasaak |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᓴᒃ | kasak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kasak → _kasak |
| ᑲᓵᖅ | kasaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kasaaq → _kasaaq |
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kasaak → _kasaak |
| After q | |||
| ᑲᓴᒃ | kasak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kasak → _kasak |
| ᑲᓵᖅ | kasaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kasaaq → _kasaaq |
| ᑲᓵᒃ | kasaak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kasaak → _kasaak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑲᐅᑎᒋ kautigi (1vv)
Meaning
(Harper) hastily; quickly; prematurely; (Spalding) simultaneously; at the same time as
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑲᐅᑎᒋ | kautigi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kautigi → _Vkautigi |
| ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ | tsautigi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tsautigi → _Vtsautigi |
| After t | |||
| ᑲᐅᑎᒋ | kautigi | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kautigi → _kautigi |
| ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ | tsautigi | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tsautigi → _tsautigi |
| After k | |||
| ᑲᐅᑎᒋ | kautigi | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kautigi → _kautigi |
| ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ | tsautigi | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tsautigi → _tsautigi |
| After q | |||
| ᑲᐅᑎᒋ | kautigi | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kautigi → _kautigi |
| ᑦᓴᐅᑎᒋ | tsautigi | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tsautigi → _tsautigi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑭᐊ kia (1q)
Meaning
uncertainty: 'I wonder', 'I don't know'
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑭᐊ | kia | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kia → _Vkia |
| ᑭᐊᖅ | kiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kiaq → _Vkiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑭᐊ | kia | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kia → _kia |
| ᑭᐊᖅ | kiaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kiaq → _kiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑭᐊ | kia | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kia → _kia |
| ᑭᐊᖅ | kiaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kiaq → _kiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑭᐊ | kia | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kia → _kia |
| ᑭᐊᖅ | kiaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kiaq → _kiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑭᓴᐅᑎ kisauti (1vv)
Meaning
competition in the action of the verb
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑭᓴᐅᑎ | kisauti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kisauti → _Vkisauti |
| After t | |||
| ᑭᓴᐅᑎ | kisauti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kisauti → _kisauti |
| After k | |||
| ᑭᓴᐅᑎ | kisauti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kisauti → _kisauti |
| After q | |||
| ᑭᓴᐅᑎ | kisauti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kisauti → _kisauti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_d OU number==number_p
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑭᑦ kit (1nv)
Meaning
to have small ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑭᑦ | kit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kit → _Vkit |
| After t | |||
| ᑭᑦ | kit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kit → _kit |
| After k | |||
| ᑭᑦ | kit | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kit → _kit |
| After q | |||
| ᑭᑦ | kit | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kit → _kit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_ger
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᑳᓗᒃ kkaaluk (1vn)
Meaning
a person who performs very well the action of the verb; if at the end of the word, this suffix may have a verbal meaning in the 3rd person: 'he/she/it/they ... well'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑳᓗᒃ | kkaaluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkaaluk → _Vkkaaluk |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑳᓗᒃ | kkaaluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkaaluk → _kkaaluk |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑳᓗᒃ | kkaaluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkaaluk → _kkaaluk |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑳᓗᒃ | kkaaluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkaaluk → _kkaaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq (1nn)
Meaning
additionnal, more
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkanniq → _Vkkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kanniq → _Vkanniq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkanniq → _kkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kanniq → _kanniq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkanniq → _kkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kanniq → _kanniq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkanniq → _kkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kanniq → _kanniq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ kkanniq (1vv)
Meaning
repetition: 'once again'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkanniq → _Vkkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kanniq → _Vkanniq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkanniq → _kkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kanniq → _kanniq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkanniq → _kkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kanniq → _kanniq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kkanniq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkanniq → _kkanniq |
| ᑲᓐᓂᖅ | kanniq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kanniq → _kanniq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq (1vn)
Meaning
a person who performs well the action of the verb
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkaq → _Vkkaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkaq → _kkaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkaq → _kkaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkaq → _kkaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᑲᖅ kkaq (2vv)
Meaning
to make s.o. do s.t. intentionally
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkaq → _Vkkaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkaq → _kkaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkaq → _kkaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑲᖅ | kkaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkaq → _kkaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᑭᖅ kkiq (1nn)
Meaning
a person with large body parts
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑭᖅ | kkiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkiq → _Vkkiq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑭᖅ | kkiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkiq → _kkiq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑭᖅ | kkiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkiq → _kkiq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑭᖅ | kkiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkiq → _kkiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᑯᑦ kkut (1nn)
Meaning
group, family, people related to
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᑯᑦ | kkut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kkut → _Vkkut |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᑯᑦ | kkut | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kkut → _kkut |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᑯᑦ | kkut | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kkut → _kkut |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᑯᑦ | kkut | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kkut → _kkut |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq (1nn)
Meaning
material, something which will become or be made into something else; potential for
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ksaq → _Vksaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ksaq → _ksaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq (1nv)
Meaning
to gather s.t. to make an object
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ksaq → _Vksaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ksaq → _ksaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq (1vv)
Meaning
added to gi-verbs to make them intransitive
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ksaq → _Vksaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ksaq → _ksaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_ksaq/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᓴᖅ ksaq (2vv)
Meaning
to find, consider s.t. or s.o. ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ksaq → _Vksaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ksaq → _ksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒃᓴᖅ | ksaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ksaq → _ksaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET nature==nature_a
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒃᓯ ksi (1vv)
Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒃᓯ | ksi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ksi → _Vksi |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_ksi/1vv
Examples
ᑯᓗ kulu (1nn)
Meaning
reinforcement of the smallness; endearment: 'sweet little'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑯᓗ | kulu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kulu → _Vkulu |
| ᑯᓗᒃ | kuluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kuluk → _Vkuluk |
| After t | |||
| ᑯᓗ | kulu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kulu → _kulu |
| ᑯᓗᒃ | kuluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kuluk → _kuluk |
| After k | |||
| ᑯᓗ | kulu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kulu → _kulu |
| ᑯᓗᒃ | kuluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kuluk → _kuluk |
| After q | |||
| ᑯᓗ | kulu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kulu → _kulu |
| ᑯᓗᒃ | kuluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kuluk → _kuluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq (1nn)
Meaning
tall, long
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kutaaq → _Vkutaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kutaaq → _kutaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kutaaq → _kutaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kutaaq → _kutaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑯᑖᖅ kutaaq (1vv)
Meaning
to be, to do for a long time
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kutaaq → _Vkutaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kutaaq → _kutaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kutaaq → _kutaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑯᑖᖅ | kutaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kutaaq → _kutaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᑯᕕᒃ kuvik (1nn)
Meaning
a place to keep; a container for
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑯᕕᒃ | kuvik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+kuvik → _Vkuvik |
| After t | |||
| ᑯᕕᒃ | kuvik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+kuvik → _kuvik |
| After k | |||
| ᑯᕕᒃ | kuvik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+kuvik → _kuvik |
| After q | |||
| ᑯᕕᒃ | kuvik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+kuvik → _kuvik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓛᖅ laaq (1nn)
Meaning
diminutiveness: 'small'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+laaq → _Vlaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+laaq → _laaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+laaq → _laaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+laaq → _laaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓛᖅ laaq (2vv)
Meaning
far futur
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+laaq → _Vlaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+laaq → _laaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+laaq → _laaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+laaq → _laaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓛᖅ laaq (3vn)
Meaning
superlativeness: 'the one that ... the most'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+laaq → _Vlaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+laaq → _laaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+laaq → _laaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓛᖅ | laaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+laaq → _laaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᒃ lak (1vv)
Meaning
a little
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᒃ | lak | It inserts r in front of the suffix. | _V+lak → _Vrlak |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᒃ | lak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+lak → _tlak |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᒃ | lak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+lak → _klak |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᒃ | lak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+lak → _qlak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓚᖓ langa (1vv)
Meaning
immediately, right now (today)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᖓ | langa | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+langa → _Vlanga |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᖓ | langa | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+langa → _langa |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᖓ | langa | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+langa → _langa |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᖓ | langa | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+langa → _langa |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq (1nn)
Meaning
genuineness: 'real'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lataaq → _Vlataaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lataaq → _lataaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lataaq → _lataaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lataaq → _lataaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᑖᖅ lataaq (2vv)
Meaning
certainty of the action: 'really', 'certainly'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lataaq → _Vlataaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lataaq → _lataaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lataaq → _lataaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᑖᖅ | lataaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lataaq → _lataaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᐅᑲᒃ laukak (1vv)
Meaning
brief action: 'for a brief time', 'for a short time'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᐅᑲᒃ | laukak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+laukak → _Vlaukak |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᐅᑲᒃ | laukak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+laukak → _laukak |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᐅᑲᒃ | laukak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+laukak → _laukak |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᐅᑲᒃ | laukak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+laukak → _laukak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq (1vv)
Meaning
general perceived past; 'before' or 'after' when completed by partitipial endings
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lauq → _Vlauq |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lauq → _lauq |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lauq → _lauq |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lauq → _lauq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᐅᖅ lauq (2vv)
Meaning
priority of the command
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lauq → _Vlauq |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lauq → _lauq |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lauq → _lauq |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅ | lauq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lauq → _lauq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_imp
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ lauqsima (1vv)
Meaning
past indefinite tense
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: lauq1vv + sima1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ | lauqsima | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lauqsima → _Vlauqsima |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ | lauqsima | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lauqsima → _lauqsima |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ | lauqsima | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lauqsima → _lauqsima |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪ | lauqsima | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lauqsima → _lauqsima |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ lauqsimajunniiq (1vv)
Meaning
the action ceased ages ago, a long time ago = to not have done for a long time
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: lauq1vv + sima1vv + junniiq1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ | lauqsimajunniiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lauqsimajunniiq → _Vlauqsimajunniiq |
| After t | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ | lauqsimajunniiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lauqsimajunniiq → _lauqsimajunniiq |
| After k | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ | lauqsimajunniiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lauqsimajunniiq → _lauqsimajunniiq |
| After q | |||
| ᓚᐅᖅᓯᒪᔪᓐᓃᖅ | lauqsimajunniiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lauqsimajunniiq → _lauqsimajunniiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕ li (1q)
Meaning
but
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕ | li | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+li → _Vli |
| After t | |||
| ᓕ | li | It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t. | _t+li → _lli |
| After k | |||
| ᓕ | li | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+li → _gli |
| After q | |||
| ᓕ | li | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+li → _rli |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕ li (2vv)
Meaning
to make that s.t. or s.o. ... (refl.: to become); to make s.t. (trans.: to s.o.)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕ | li | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+li → _Vli |
| After t | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+li → _li |
| After k | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+li → _li |
| After q | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+li → _li |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
NOT the condition of li/4vv on the preceding morpheme
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕ li (3nv)
Meaning
to build, make something (trans.: for s.o.); with certain words: find s.t.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕ | li | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+li → _Vli |
| After t | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+li → _li |
| After k | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+li → _li |
| After q | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+li → _li |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕ li (4vv)
Meaning
to do s.t. in this way
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᓕ | li | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+li → _li |
| ᓕ | li | It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t. | _t+li → _lli |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==it/3nv
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq (1nn)
Meaning
something constructed
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liaq → _Vliaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+liaq → _liaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liaq → _liaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liaq → _liaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᐊᖅ liaq (2nv)
Meaning
motion towards: 'to go to'; 'to go hunting' with game-animal nouns, when the hunter knows where to head
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liaq → _Vliaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+siaq → _siaq |
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+liaq → _tiliaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liaq → _liaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᐊᖅ | liaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liaq → _liaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᒑ ligaa (1vv)
Meaning
imminent action: 'to be about to'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᒑ | ligaa | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ligaa → _Vligaa |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᒑ | ligaa | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ligaa → _ligaa |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᒑ | ligaa | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ligaa → _ligaa |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᒑ | ligaa | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ligaa → _ligaa |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᔭᖅ lijaq (1nv)
Meaning
to bring along
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: liq2nv + jaq2vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᔭᖅ | lijaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lijaq → _Vlijaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᔭᖅ | sijaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+sijaq → _sijaq |
| ᓕᔭᖅ | lijaq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+lijaq → _tilijaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᔭᖅ | lijaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lijaq → _lijaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᔭᖅ | lijaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lijaq → _lijaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕᒃ lik (1nn)
Meaning
possession: 'one with' (at the end of the word, it may have a verbal meaning in the 3rd person)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lik → _Vlik |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lik → _lik |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lik → _lik |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lik → _lik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᒃ lik (2nv)
Meaning
to go to; to have gone to; to come to; to find by chance
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lik → _Vlik |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lik → _lik |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lik → _lik |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lik → _lik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
ᓕᒃ lik (3nv)
Meaning
to give, to provide, to offer, to fetch s.t. (trans.: to s.o.)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lik → _Vlik |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lik → _lik |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lik → _lik |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᒃ | lik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lik → _lik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq (1nn)
Meaning
inclusiveness: 'all of', 'the whole of'; (plur.) every
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+limaaq → _Vlimaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+limaaq → _limaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+limaaq → _limaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+limaaq → _limaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᒫᖅ limaaq (2vv)
Meaning
ceaselessly
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+limaaq → _Vlimaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+limaaq → _limaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+limaaq → _limaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᒫᖅ | limaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+limaaq → _limaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᖅ liq (1vv)
Meaning
on-going action; present progressive tense
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liq → _Vliq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+liq → _liq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liq → _liq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liq → _liq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᖅ liq (2nv)
Meaning
to provide, supply; to put s.t. (trans.: to, on s.o.)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liq → _Vliq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+siq → _siq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liq → _liq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liq → _liq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕᖅ liq (3nv)
Meaning
to go to, toward
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liq → _Vliq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+liq → _liq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liq → _liq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᖅ | liq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liq → _liq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
ᓕᕿ liqi (1nv)
Meaning
to chase, hunt
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᕿ | liqi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liqi → _Vliqi |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᕿ | liqi | The action is unknown. | null |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᕿ | liqi | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liqi → _liqi |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᕿ | liqi | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liqi → _liqi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕᕋᐃ lirai (1vv)
Meaning
no meaning
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: liq1vv + gai1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᕋᐃ | lirai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lirai → _Vlirai |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᕋᐃ | lirai | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lirai → _lirai |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᕋᐃ | lirai | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lirai → _lirai |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᕋᐃ | lirai | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lirai → _lirai |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᕆ liri (1nv)
Meaning
manipulation: 'to work with, on'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᕆ | liri | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liri → _Vliri |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᕆ | liri | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+liri → _tiliri |
| ᓯᕆ | siri | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+siri → _siri |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᕆ | liri | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liri → _liri |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᕆ | liri | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liri → _liri |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕᓵᖅ lisaaq (1vv)
Meaning
just beginning, in the first stage of, for the fist time; to have just happened
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᓵᖅ | lisaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lisaaq → _Vlisaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᓵᖅ | lisaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lisaaq → _lisaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᓵᖅ | lisaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lisaaq → _lisaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᓵᖅ | lisaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lisaaq → _lisaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕᓴᖅ lisaq (1nn)
Meaning
container or holder for body parts
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᓴᖅ | lisaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lisaq → _Vlisaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᓴᖅ | lisaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lisaq → _lisaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᓴᖅ | lisaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lisaq → _lisaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᓴᖅ | lisaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lisaq → _lisaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ litainnaq (1vv)
Meaning
at last; finally
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | litainnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+litainnaq → _Vlitainnaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | litainnaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+litainnaq → _litainnaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | litainnaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+litainnaq → _litainnaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | litainnaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+litainnaq → _litainnaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓕᐅᖅ liuq (1nv)
Meaning
construction in progress: 'to be building s.t.' (trans.: for s.o.)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: li2vv + uq3vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓕᐅᖅ | liuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+liuq → _Vliuq |
| After t | |||
| ᓕᐅᖅ | liuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+liuq → _liuq |
| ᑎᐅᖅ | tiuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tiuq → _ttiuq |
| ᓯᐅᖅ | siuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siuq → _tsiuq |
| After k | |||
| ᓕᐅᖅ | liuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+liuq → _liuq |
| After q | |||
| ᓕᐅᖅ | liuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+liuq → _liuq |
| ᔾᔨᐅᖅ | jjiuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+jjiuq → _jjiuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓪᓛᓗᒃ llaaluk (1vn)
Meaning
exaggeration, largeness, impressiveness of the action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓪᓛᓗᒃ | llaaluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+llaaluk → _Vllaaluk |
| After t | |||
| ᓪᓛᓗᒃ | llaaluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+llaaluk → _llaaluk |
| After k | |||
| ᓪᓛᓗᒃ | llaaluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+llaaluk → _llaaluk |
| After q | |||
| ᓪᓛᓗᒃ | llaaluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+llaaluk → _llaaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓪᓚᖅ llaq (1vv)
Meaning
heavily; clumsily
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓪᓚᖅ | llaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+llaq → _Vllaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓪᓚᖅ | llaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+llaq → _llaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓪᓚᖅ | llaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+llaq → _llaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓪᓚᖅ | llaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+llaq → _llaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik (1vv)
Meaning
certainty of the action: 'really', 'certainly'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+llarik → _Vllarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+larik → _Vlarik |
| After t | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+llarik → _llarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+larik → _larik |
| After k | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+llarik → _llarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+larik → _larik |
| After q | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+llarik → _llarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+larik → _larik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓪᓚᕆᒃ llarik (2nn)
Meaning
genuineness: 'real'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+llarik → _Vllarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+larik → _Vlarik |
| After t | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+llarik → _llarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+larik → _larik |
| After k | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+llarik → _llarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+larik → _larik |
| After q | |||
| ᓪᓚᕆᒃ | llarik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+llarik → _llarik |
| ᓚᕆᒃ | larik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+larik → _larik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗ lu (1q)
Meaning
and
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗ | lu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lu → _Vlu |
| After t | |||
| ᓗ | lu | It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t. | _t+lu → _llu |
| After k | |||
| ᓗ | lu | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+lu → _glu |
| After q | |||
| ᓗ | lu | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+lu → _rlu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq (1vv)
Meaning
excessive action: 'too much'; 'quite'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luaq → _Vluaq |
| ᓪᓗᐊᖅ | lluaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lluaq → _Vlluaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luaq → _luaq |
| ᓪᓗᐊᖅ | lluaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+lluaq → _lluaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luaq → _luaq |
| ᓪᓗᐊᖅ | lluaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+lluaq → _lluaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luaq → _luaq |
| ᓪᓗᐊᖅ | lluaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+lluaq → _lluaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗᐊᖅ luaq (2nn)
Meaning
exact
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luaq → _Vluaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luaq → _luaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luaq → _luaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᐊᖅ | luaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luaq → _luaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗᒃ luk (1nv)
Meaning
to have something bad or poor
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luk → _Vluk |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luk → _luk |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luk → _luk |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luk → _luk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗᒃ luk (2nn)
Meaning
something bad or poor
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luk → _Vluk |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luk → _luk |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luk → _luk |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luk → _luk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗᒃ luk (3vv)
Meaning
to perform an action in a poor or bad manner
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luk → _Vluk |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luk → _luk |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luk → _luk |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᒃ | luk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luk → _luk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓗᒃᑖᖅ luktaaq (1nn)
Meaning
inclusiveness: 'all of', 'the whole of'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᖅ | luktaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luktaaq → _Vluktaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᖅ | luktaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luktaaq → _luktaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᖅ | luktaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luktaaq → _luktaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᖅ | luktaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luktaaq → _luktaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓗᒃᑖᑦ luktaat (1nn)
Meaning
inclusiveness: 'every'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᑦ | luktaat | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luktaat → _Vluktaat |
| After t | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᑦ | luktaat | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+luktaat → _luktaat |
| After k | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᑦ | luktaat | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+luktaat → _luktaat |
| After q | |||
| ᓗᒃᑖᑦ | luktaat | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+luktaat → _luktaat |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓘᓐᓃᑦ luunniit (1q)
Meaning
or; even; 'either...or' when used on two words
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓘᓐᓃᑦ | luunniit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+luunniit → _Vluunniit |
| ᓗᓐᓃᑦ | lunniit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+lunniit → _Vlunniit |
| After t | |||
| ᓘᓐᓃᑦ | luunniit | It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t. | _t+luunniit → _lluunniit |
| ᓗᓐᓃᑦ | lunniit | It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t. | _t+lunniit → _llunniit |
| After k | |||
| ᓘᓐᓃᑦ | luunniit | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+luunniit → _gluunniit |
| ᓗᓐᓃᑦ | lunniit | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+lunniit → _glunniit |
| After q | |||
| ᓘᓐᓃᑦ | luunniit | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+luunniit → _rluunniit |
| ᓗᓐᓃᑦ | lunniit | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+lunniit → _rlunniit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒪ ma (1vv)
Meaning
to be in a state of
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒪ | ma | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ma → _Vma |
| ᐅᒪ | uma | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+uma → _Vuma |
| After t | |||
| ᒪ | ma | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ma → _ma |
| ᐅᒪ | uma | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uma → _uma |
| After k | |||
| ᒪ | ma | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ma → _ma |
| ᐅᒪ | uma | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+uma → _uma |
| After q | |||
| ᒪ | ma | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ma → _ma |
| ᐅᒪ | uma | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uma → _uma |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᒥ mi (1vv)
Meaning
again
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒥ | mi | It inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _V+mi → _Vngmi |
| After t | |||
| ᒥ | mi | It assimilates the t of the stem to the m of the suffix. | _t+mi → _mmi |
| After k | |||
| ᒥ | mi | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+mi → _gmi |
| After q | |||
| ᒥ | mi | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+mi → _rmi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_imp OU mode==mode_part OU mode==mode_caus OU mode==mode_cond OU mode==mode_freq OU mode==mode_dub OU mode==mode_ger
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒦᒃ miik (1vn)
Meaning
exclamation: "Oh! how ...!"
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒦᒃ | miik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+miik → _Vmiik |
| ᒦ | mii | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+mii → _Vmii |
| ᒥ | mi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+mi → _Vmi |
| After t | |||
| ᒦᒃ | miik | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+miik → _nmiik |
| ᒦ | mii | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+mii → _nmii |
| ᒥ | mi | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+mi → _nmi |
| After k | |||
| ᒦᒃ | miik | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+miik → _ngmiik |
| ᒦ | mii | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+mii → _ngmii |
| ᒥ | mi | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+mi → _ngmi |
| After q | |||
| ᒦᒃ | miik | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+miik → _rmiik |
| ᒦ | mii | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+mii → _rmii |
| ᒥ | mi | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+mi → _rmi |
| ᒦᒃ | miik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+miik → _miik |
| ᒦ | mii | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+mii → _mii |
| ᒥ | mi | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+mi → _mi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᒥᓂᖅ miniq (1nn)
Meaning
denotes a former state; unperceived past following gerundive ending
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒥᓂᖅ | miniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+miniq → _Vminiq |
| After t | |||
| ᒥᓂᖅ | miniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+miniq → _miniq |
| After k | |||
| ᒥᓂᖅ | miniq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+miniq → _miniq |
| After q | |||
| ᒥᓂᖅ | miniq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+miniq → _miniq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒥᐅᖅ miuq (1nn)
Meaning
resident of a place name
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒥᐅᖅ | miuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+miuq → _Vmiuq |
| After t | |||
| ᒥᐅᖅ | miuq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+miuq → _nmiuq |
| After k | |||
| ᒥᐅᖅ | miuq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+miuq → _ngmiuq |
| After q | |||
| ᒥᐅᖅ | miuq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+miuq → _rmiuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒥᐅᑕᖅ miutaq (1nn)
Meaning
resident of; apendage to; contents of
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒥᐅᑕᖅ | miutaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+miutaq → _Vmiutaq |
| ᒥᐅᑦ | miut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+miut → _Vmiut |
| After t | |||
| ᒥᐅᑕᖅ | miutaq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the m of the suffix. | _t+miutaq → _mmiutaq |
| ᒥᐅᑦ | miut | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+miut → _timiut |
| After k | |||
| ᒥᐅᑕᖅ | miutaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+miutaq → _ngmiutaq |
| ᒥᐅᑦ | miut | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+miut → _ngmiut |
| After q | |||
| ᒥᐅᑕᖅ | miutaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+miutaq → _rmiutaq |
| ᒥᐅᑦ | miut | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+miut → _rmiut |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik (1nn)
Meaning
genuineness
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+mmarik → _Vmmarik |
| After t | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+mmarik → _mmarik |
| After k | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+mmarik → _mmarik |
| After q | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+mmarik → _mmarik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒻᒪᕆᒃ mmarik (2vv)
Meaning
certainty: 'really', 'certainly'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+mmarik → _Vmmarik |
| After t | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+mmarik → _mmarik |
| After k | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+mmarik → _mmarik |
| After q | |||
| ᒻᒪᕆᒃ | mmarik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+mmarik → _mmarik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᒻᒥᐊᖅ mmiaq (1vv)
Meaning
contituity in the action; repetition of the action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᒻᒥᐊᖅ | mmiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+mmiaq → _Vmmiaq |
| ᒥᐊᖅ | miaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+miaq → _Vmiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᒻᒥᐊᖅ | mmiaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+mmiaq → _mmiaq |
| ᒥᐊᖅ | miaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+miaq → _miaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒻᒥᐊᖅ | mmiaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+mmiaq → _mmiaq |
| ᒥᐊᖅ | miaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+miaq → _miaq |
| After q | |||
| ᒻᒥᐊᖅ | mmiaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+mmiaq → _mmiaq |
| ᒥᐊᖅ | miaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+miaq → _miaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᓇᔭᖅ najaq (1vv)
Meaning
action dependent on a condition: 'would'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᔭᖅ | najaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+najaq → _Vnajaq |
| ᒐᔭᖅ | gajaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gajaq → _Vgajaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᔭᖅ | najaq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _t+najaq → _nnajaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᔭᖅ | gajaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g. | _k+gajaq → _gajaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᔭᖅ | rajaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r. | _q+rajaq → _rajaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓇᙱᑦ nanngit (1vv)
Meaning
to prevent
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: naq1vv + nngit1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᙱᑦ | nanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nanngit → _Vnanngit |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᙱᑦ | nanngit | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+nanngit → _nnanngit |
| After k | |||
| ᓇᙱᑦ | nanngit | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+nanngit → _ngnanngit |
| After q | |||
| ᓇᙱᑦ | nanngit | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+nanngit → _rnanngit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓇᖅ naq (1vv)
Meaning
causation: 'to cause'; 'to make ...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+naq → _Vnaq |
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It inserts n in front of the suffix. | _V+naq → _Vnnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nak → _Vnak |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It inserts n in front of the suffix. | _V+nak → _Vnnak |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+naq → _nnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+nak → _nnak |
| After k | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+naq → _ngnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+nak → _ngnak |
| After q | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+naq → _rnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+nak → _rnak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓇᖅ naq (2vn)
Meaning
1) exclamation: how...it is! 2) that which causes...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+naq → _Vnaq |
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It inserts n in front of the suffix. | _V+naq → _Vnnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nak → _Vnak |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It inserts n in front of the suffix. | _V+nak → _Vnnak |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+naq → _nnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+nak → _nnak |
| After k | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+naq → _ngnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+nak → _ngnak |
| After q | |||
| ᓇᖅ | naq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+naq → _rnaq |
| ᓇᒃ | nak | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+nak → _rnak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓇᓵᖅ nasaaq (1vv)
Meaning
late
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᓵᖅ | nasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nasaaq → _Vnasaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᓵᖅ | nasaaq | It vocalizes the t of the stem into d, written t. | _t+nasaaq → _lnasaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓇᓵᖅ | nasaaq | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+nasaaq → _gnasaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓇᓵᖅ | nasaaq | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+nasaaq → _rnasaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓇᓱᒋ nasugi (1vv)
Meaning
to think, to be of the the opinion that s.o. (refl.: oneself) ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᓱᒋ | nasugi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nasugi → _Vnasugi |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᓱᒋ | nasugi | It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _t+nasugi → _nnasugi |
| After k | |||
| ᓇᓱᒋ | nasugi | It assimilates the k of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _k+nasugi → _nnasugi |
| ᒐᓱᒋ | gasugi | It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g. | _k+gasugi → _gasugi |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᓱᒋ | rasugi | It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r. | _q+rasugi → _rasugi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓇᓱᒃ nasuk (1vv)
Meaning
endeavouring, striving: 'to be trying'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓇᓱᒃ | nasuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nasuk → _Vnasuk |
| ᒐᓱᒃ | gasuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gasuk → _Vgasuk |
| ᒐᓱᐊᖅ | gasuaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gasuaq → _Vgasuaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓇᓱᒃ | nasuk | It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _t+nasuk → _nnasuk |
| ᓇᓱᐊᖅ | nasuaq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _t+nasuaq → _nnasuaq |
| After k | |||
| ᒐᓱᒃ | gasuk | It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g. | _k+gasuk → _gasuk |
| ᒐᓱᐊᖅ | gasuaq | It fusions the k of the stem with the n of the suffix into g. | _k+gasuaq → _gasuaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᓱᒃ | rasuk | It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r. | _q+rasuk → _rasuk |
| ᕋᓱᐊᖅ | rasuaq | It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r. | _q+rasuaq → _rasuaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖓ nga (1vv)
Meaning
to be in a state of
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖓ | nga | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nga → _Vnga |
| After t | |||
| ᖓ | nga | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nga → _nga |
| After k | |||
| ᖓ | nga | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nga → _nga |
| After q | |||
| ᖓ | nga | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nga → _nga |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᖔᖅ ngaaq (1nv)
Meaning
to come from
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+ngaaq → _nngaaq |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_abl
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖔᖅ ngaaq (2vv)
Meaning
to do one action as opposed to an alternative: 'instead'; to do s.t. very much, abundantly
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ngaaq → _Vngaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+ngaaq → _nngaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+ngaaq → _ngngaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+ngaaq → _rngaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖔᖅ ngaaq (3nn)
Meaning
rather, instead
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ngaaq → _Vngaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+ngaaq → _nngaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+ngaaq → _ngngaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖔᖅ | ngaaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+ngaaq → _rngaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖓᐅ ngau (1nv)
Meaning
motion towards; 'towards', 'to'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᖓᐅ | ngau | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+ngau → _nngau |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_dat
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖑ ngu (1nv)
Meaning
with body parts: illness, soreness: 'to have sore ...'; to be tired in this part; with name of foods: to have a slight envy to vomit that
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖑ | ngu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ngu → _Vngu |
| After t | |||
| ᖑ | ngu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ngu → _ngu |
| After k | |||
| ᖑ | ngu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ngu → _ngu |
| After q | |||
| ᖑ | ngu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ngu → _ngu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖑᖅ nguq (1nv)
Meaning
change of state: 'to become' (trans.: to make s.o. become); with numbers: to tell the time
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖑᖅ | nguq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nguq → _Vnguq |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnguq → _Vnnguq |
| After t | |||
| ᖑᖅ | nguq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+nguq → _tinguq |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+nnguq → _tinnguq |
| After k | |||
| ᖑᖅ | nguq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+nguq → _ngnguq |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+nnguq → _ngnnguq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᖅ | ruq | It fusions the q of the stem with the n of the suffix into r. | _q+ruq → _ruq |
| ᖑᖅ | nguq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nguq → _nguq |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnguq → _nnguq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ nialauq (1vv)
Meaning
'was/were going to'; 'would have ...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: niaq2vv + lauq1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ | nialauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nialauq → _Vnialauq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ | nialauq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+nialauq → _nnialauq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ | nialauq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+nialauq → _ngnialauq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐊᓚᐅᖅ | nialauq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+nialauq → _rnialauq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq (1nv)
Meaning
to study; to take a great interest in; with animals: to hunt
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niaq → _Vniaq |
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It inserts n in front of the suffix. | _V+niaq → _Vnniaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niaq → _nniaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niaq → _ngniaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niaq → _rniaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᐊᖅ niaq (2vv)
Meaning
future, today
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niaq → _Vniaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niaq → _nniaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niaq → _ngniaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅ | niaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niaq → _rniaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
| (qai) | (ᖃᐃ) | qainiaqtuq | ᖃᐃᓂᐊᖅᑐᖅ | He will come |
| (tikit) | (ᑎᑭᑦ) | tikinniaqtunga | ᑎᑭᓐᓂᐊᖅᑐᖓ | I will arrive |
| (kaak) | (ᑳᒃ) | kaangniaqtut | ᑳᖕᓂᐊᖅᑐᑦ | They will be hungry |
| (ilinniaq) | (ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᖅ) | ilinniarniaqpugut | ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᕐᓂᐊᖅᐳᒍᑦ | We will learn |
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ niaqqau (1vv)
Meaning
'was/were just going to'; 'would have just now...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: niaq2vv + qqau1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ | niaqqau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niaqqau → _Vniaqqau |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ | niaqqau | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niaqqau → _nniaqqau |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ | niaqqau | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niaqqau → _ngniaqqau |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑲᐅ | niaqqau | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niaqqau → _rniaqqau |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ niaqtaksari (1vv)
Meaning
future likelihood or probability: 'will more than likely... ; will probably ...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: niaq2vv + jaq1vn + ksaq1nn + gi1nv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ | niaqtaksari | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niaqtaksari → _Vniaqtaksari |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ | niaqtaksari | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niaqtaksari → _nniaqtaksari |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ | niaqtaksari | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niaqtaksari → _ngniaqtaksari |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐊᖅᑕᒃᓴᕆ | niaqtaksari | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niaqtaksari → _rniaqtaksari |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓂᖅ niq (1vv)
Meaning
unperceived past with pure verbal forms
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It inserts n in front of the suffix. | _V+niq → _Vnniq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niq → _nniq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niq → _ngniq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niq → _rniq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᖅ niq (2vn)
Meaning
noun abstraction of the verb's action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niq → _Vniq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niq → _nniq |
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+niq → _niq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niq → _ngniq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᖅ | niq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niq → _rniq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓂᖅᐸᖅ niqpaq (1vn)
Meaning
superlative
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᖅᐸᖅ | niqpaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niqpaq → _Vniqpaq |
| ᓂᖅᐹᖅ | niqpaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niqpaaq → _Vniqpaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᖅᐸᖅ | niqpaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niqpaq → _nniqpaq |
| ᓂᖅᐹᖅ | niqpaaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niqpaaq → _nniqpaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᖅᐸᖅ | niqpaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niqpaq → _ngniqpaq |
| ᓂᖅᐹᖅ | niqpaaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niqpaaq → _ngniqpaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᖅᐸᖅ | niqpaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niqpaq → _rniqpaq |
| ᓂᖅᐹᖅ | niqpaaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niqpaaq → _rniqpaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᖅᓴᖅ niqsaq (1vn)
Meaning
comparaison
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᖅᓴᖅ | niqsaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niqsaq → _Vniqsaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᖅᓴᖅ | niqsaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niqsaq → _nniqsaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᖅᓴᖅ | niqsaq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niqsaq → _ngniqsaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᖅᓴᖅ | niqsaq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niqsaq → _rniqsaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᕋᖅ niraq (1vv)
Meaning
reporting action; 'to say that s.o. (refl.: oneself) ...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᕋᖅ | niraq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niraq → _Vniraq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᕋᖅ | niraq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niraq → _nniraq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᕋᖅ | niraq | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niraq → _ngniraq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᕋᖅ | niraq | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niraq → _rniraq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᑕᖅ nitaq (1nn)
Meaning
from a certain time
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nitaq → _Vnitaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nitaq → _nitaq |
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+nitaq → _tnitaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nitaq → _nitaq |
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+nitaq → _knitaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nitaq → _nitaq |
| ᓂᑕᖅ | nitaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+nitaq → _qnitaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᓂᐅᔭᖅ niujaq (1vv)
Meaning
imminent action: 'to be about to...'; uncertain, doubtful action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐅᔭᖅ | niujaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niujaq → _Vniujaq |
| ᓂᐅᔮᖅ | niujaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niujaaq → _Vniujaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐅᔭᖅ | niujaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+niujaq → _niujaq |
| ᓂᐅᔮᖅ | niujaaq | It assimilates the t of the stem to the n of the suffix. | _t+niujaaq → _nniujaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐅᔭᖅ | niujaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+niujaq → _niujaq |
| ᓂᐅᔮᖅ | niujaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+niujaaq → _niujaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐅᔭᖅ | niujaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+niujaq → _niujaq |
| ᓂᐅᔮᖅ | niujaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+niujaaq → _niujaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᐅᓴᐅ niusau (1vv)
Meaning
imminent action: 'to be about to...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐅᓴᐅ | niusau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niusau → _Vniusau |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐅᓴᐅ | niusau | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+niusau → _niusau |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐅᓴᐅ | niusau | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+niusau → _niusau |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐅᓴᐅ | niusau | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+niusau → _niusau |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓂᐅᑦ niut (1vn)
Meaning
something to be used in doing ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓂᐅᑦ | niut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+niut → _Vniut |
| After t | |||
| ᓂᐅᑦ | niut | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+niut → _nniut |
| After k | |||
| ᓂᐅᑦ | niut | It nasalizes the k of the stem into ng. | _k+niut → _ngniut |
| After q | |||
| ᓂᐅᑦ | niut | It nasalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+niut → _rniut |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk (1nn)
Meaning
deprecation or derogation; sarcasm
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnajuk → _Vnnajuk |
| After t | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnajuk → _nnajuk |
| After k | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnajuk → _nnajuk |
| After q | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnajuk → _nnajuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᓐᓇᔪᒃ nnajuk (2vv)
Meaning
expresses deprecation or derogation, mild surprise that a person would act or have the nerve to act in a particular manner; sarcasm
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnajuk → _Vnnajuk |
| After t | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnajuk → _nnajuk |
| After k | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnajuk → _nnajuk |
| After q | |||
| ᓐᓇᔪᒃ | nnajuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnajuk → _nnajuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙵᐃ nngai (1q)
Meaning
coaxing, inoffensive questioning; greeting
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙵᐃ | nngai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nngai → _Vnngai |
| After t | |||
| ᙵᐃ | nngai | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nngai → _nngai |
| After k | |||
| ᙵᐃ | nngai | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nngai → _nngai |
| After q | |||
| ᙵᐃ | nngai | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nngai → _nngai |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙵᖅ nngaq (1nv)
Meaning
movement from: 'to come from'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᙵᖅ | nngaq | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+nngaq → _nnngaq |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_abl
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᙱᖅ nngiq (1nn)
Meaning
promiscuous
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙱᖅ | nngiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nngiq → _Vnngiq |
| After t | |||
| ᙱᖅ | nngiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nngiq → _nngiq |
| After k | |||
| ᙱᖅ | nngiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nngiq → _nngiq |
| After q | |||
| ᙱᖅ | nngiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nngiq → _nngiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙱᑦ nngit (1vv)
Meaning
general negation; 'not'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙱᑦ | nngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nngit → _Vnngit |
| After t | |||
| ᙱᑦ | nngit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nngit → _nngit |
| After k | |||
| ᙱᑦ | nngit | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nngit → _nngit |
| After q | |||
| ᙱᑦ | nngit | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nngit → _nngit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
| (taku) | (ᑕᑯ) | takunngittuq | ᑕᑯᙱᑦᑐᖅ | He does'nt see |
| (tikit) | (ᑎᑭᑦ) | tikinngittuq | ᑎᑭᙱᑦᑐᖅ | He has not arrived |
| (sinik) | (ᓯᓂᒃ) | sininngittuq | ᓯᓂᙱᑦᑐᖅ | He is not asleep |
| (aullaq) | (ᐊᐅᓪᓚᖅ) | aullanngittuq | ᐊᐅᓪᓚᙱᑦᑐᖅ | He has not departed |
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq (1nn)
Meaning
resemblance, likeness: 'which looks like'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnguaq → _Vnnguaq |
| After t | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnguaq → _nnguaq |
| After k | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnguaq → _nnguaq |
| After q | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnguaq → _nnguaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙳᐊᖅ nnguaq (2vv)
Meaning
to simulate; to pretend
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnguaq → _Vnnguaq |
| After t | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnguaq → _nnguaq |
| After k | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnguaq → _nnguaq |
| After q | |||
| ᙳᐊᖅ | nnguaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnguaq → _nnguaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙳᒃ nnguk (1vv)
Meaning
to be tired of, bored with
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙳᒃ | nnguk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnguk → _Vnnguk |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnguq → _Vnnguq |
| After t | |||
| ᙳᒃ | nnguk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnguk → _nnguk |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnguq → _nnguq |
| After k | |||
| ᙳᒃ | nnguk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnguk → _nnguk |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnguq → _nnguq |
| After q | |||
| ᙳᒃ | nnguk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnguk → _nnguk |
| ᙳᖅ | nnguq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnguq → _nnguq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᙳᓱᒃ nngusuk (1vv)
Meaning
to be inclined to, to feel like doing ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᙳᓱᒃ | nngusuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nngusuk → _Vnngusuk |
| After t | |||
| ᙳᓱᒃ | nngusuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nngusuk → _nngusuk |
| After k | |||
| ᙳᓱᒃ | nngusuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nngusuk → _nngusuk |
| After q | |||
| ᙳᓱᒃ | nngusuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nngusuk → _nngusuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓐᓂᒃ nnik (1vv)
Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓐᓂᒃ | nnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+nnik → _Vnnik |
| After t | |||
| ᓐᓂᒃ | nnik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+nnik → _nnik |
| After k | |||
| ᓐᓂᒃ | nnik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+nnik → _nnik |
| After q | |||
| ᓐᓂᒃ | nnik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+nnik → _nnik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_nnik/1vv
Examples
ᐹᓗᒃ paaluk (1vn)
Meaning
exaggeration, aggrandizement of the action: 'very much', 'a lot'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| ᐹᓗᒃ | paaluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paaluk → _qpaaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==juq/1vn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐹᖅ paaq (1nn)
Meaning
1) the most of all; superlative 2) big, very, powerful, considerable
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+paaq → _Vpaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+paaq → _tpaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+paaq → _kpaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paaq → _qpaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᐹᖅ paaq (1vv)
Meaning
exclamation: 'Oh, how ...!'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix occurs only in word-final position, i.e. it cannot be followed by another suffix.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+paaq → _Vpaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+paaq → _tpaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+paaq → _kpaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᐹᖅ | paaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paaq → _qpaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk (1vn)
Meaning
a little, to a certain degree
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+paluk → _Vpaluk |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It nasalizes the t of the stem into n. | _t+paluk → _npaluk |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+paluk → _kpaluk |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paluk → _qpaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐸᓗᒃ paluk (2vv)
Meaning
a little, to a certain degree
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+paluk → _Vpaluk |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+paluk → _tpaluk |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+paluk → _kpaluk |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓗᒃ | paluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paluk → _qpaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐸᓵᖅ pasaaq (1vv)
Meaning
unexpected surprise: 'unexpectedly', 'surprisingly'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+pasaaq → _Vpasaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pasaaq → _tpasaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pasaaq → _kpasaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pasaaq → _qpasaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ patsiuk (1nn)
Meaning
strong derogation
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ | patsiuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+patsiuk → _Vpatsiuk |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ | patsiuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+patsiuk → _tpatsiuk |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ | patsiuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+patsiuk → _kpatsiuk |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᑦᓯᐅᒃ | patsiuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+patsiuk → _qpatsiuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐱᓪᓚᖅ pillaq (1vv)
Meaning
briefly; a little time
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐱᓪᓚᖅ | pillaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+pillaq → _Vpillaq |
| ᐱᓪᓚᒃ | pillak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+pillak → _Vpillak |
| After t | |||
| ᐱᓪᓚᖅ | pillaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+pillaq → _pillaq |
| ᐱᓪᓚᒃ | pillak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+pillak → _pillak |
| After k | |||
| ᐱᓪᓚᖅ | pillaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+pillaq → _pillaq |
| ᐱᓪᓚᒃ | pillak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+pillak → _pillak |
| After q | |||
| ᐱᓪᓚᖅ | pillaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+pillaq → _pillaq |
| ᐱᓪᓚᒃ | pillak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+pillak → _pillak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖃᐃ qai (1q)
Meaning
perhaps, maybe
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᐃ | qai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qai → _Vqai |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᐃ | qai | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qai → _qai |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᐃ | qai | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qai → _qai |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᐃ | qai | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qai → _qai |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᔮ qajaa (1nn)
Meaning
negation; lack of: 'no ...'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix occurs only in word-final position, i.e. it cannot be followed by another suffix.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᔮ | qajaa | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qajaa → _Vqajaa |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᔮ | qajaa | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qajaa → _qajaa |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᔮ | qajaa | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qajaa → _qajaa |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᔮ | qajaa | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qajaa → _qajaa |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᔮᙱᑦ qajaanngit (1nv)
Meaning
to have no ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᔮᙱᑦ | qajaanngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qajaanngit → _Vqajaanngit |
| ᖃᔮᖏᑦ | qajaangit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qajaangit → _Vqajaangit |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᔮᙱᑦ | qajaanngit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qajaanngit → _qajaanngit |
| ᖃᔮᖏᑦ | qajaangit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qajaangit → _qajaangit |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᔮᙱᑦ | qajaanngit | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qajaanngit → _qajaanngit |
| ᖃᔮᖏᑦ | qajaangit | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qajaangit → _qajaangit |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᔮᙱᑦ | qajaanngit | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qajaanngit → _qajaanngit |
| ᖃᔮᖏᑦ | qajaangit | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qajaangit → _qajaangit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᓚᐅᖅ qalauq (1vv)
Meaning
brief action: 'for a few minutes', 'for a little while'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᓚᐅᖅ | qalauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qalauq → _Vqalauq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᓚᐅᖅ | qalauq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qalauq → _qalauq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᓚᐅᖅ | qalauq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qalauq → _qalauq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᓚᐅᖅ | qalauq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qalauq → _qalauq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_imp
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᓪᓚᖅ qallaq (1nn)
Meaning
squatness: 'short, fat'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᓪᓚᖅ | qallaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qallaq → _Vqallaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᓪᓚᖅ | qallaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qallaq → _qallaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᓪᓚᖅ | qallaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qallaq → _qallaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᓪᓚᖅ | qallaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qallaq → _qallaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᒥᙱᑦ qaminngit (1vv)
Meaning
has not just done the action, but did it some time ago
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᒥᙱᑦ | qaminngit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qaminngit → _Vqaminngit |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᒥᙱᑦ | qaminngit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qaminngit → _qaminngit |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᒥᙱᑦ | qaminngit | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qaminngit → _qaminngit |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᒥᙱᑦ | qaminngit | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qaminngit → _qaminngit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq (1nn)
Meaning
poor, bad, worthless
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qammaq → _Vqammaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qammaq → _qammaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qammaq → _qammaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qammaq → _qammaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᒻᒪᖅ qammaq (2vv)
Meaning
poorly, in a bad way
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qammaq → _Vqammaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qammaq → _qammaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qammaq → _qammaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᒻᒪᖅ | qammaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qammaq → _qammaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᖅ qaq (1nv)
Meaning
to have, to possess
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᖅ | qaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qaq → _Vqaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᖅ | qaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qaq → _qaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᖅ | qaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qaq → _qaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᖅ | qaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qaq → _qaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᕐᕕᒃ qarvik (1nn)
Meaning
a place for, a place to keep
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: qaq1nv + vik3vn
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᕐᕕᒃ | qarvik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qarvik → _Vqarvik |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᕐᕕᒃ | qarvik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qarvik → _qarvik |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᕐᕕᒃ | qarvik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qarvik → _qarvik |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᕐᕕᒃ | qarvik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qarvik → _qarvik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᑕᐅ qatau (1vv)
Meaning
to be accompanying in action: 'to go along'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅ | qatau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qatau → _Vqatau |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅ | qatau | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qatau → _qatau |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅ | qatau | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qatau → _qatau |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅ | qatau | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qatau → _qatau |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᑕᐅᑎ qatauti (1vv)
Meaning
mutual action: 'each other'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅᑎ | qatauti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qatauti → _Vqatauti |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅᑎ | qatauti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qatauti → _qatauti |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅᑎ | qatauti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qatauti → _qatauti |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᑕᐅᑎ | qatauti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qatauti → _qatauti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᑎ qati (1nn)
Meaning
s.o. who has the same, who is the same
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qati → _Vqati |
| ᖅᑲᑎ | rqati | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rqati → _Vrqati |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qati → _qati |
| ᖅᑲᑎ | rqati | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rqati → _rqati |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qati → _qati |
| ᖅᑲᑎ | rqati | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rqati → _rqati |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qati → _qati |
| ᖅᑲᑎ | rqati | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rqati → _rqati |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᑎ qati (1vn)
Meaning
partner for
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qati → _Vqati |
| ᖃᑎᒃ | qatik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qatik → _Vqatik |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qati → _qati |
| ᖃᑎᒃ | qatik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qatik → _qatik |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qati → _qati |
| ᖃᑎᒃ | qatik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qatik → _qatik |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᑎ | qati | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qati → _qati |
| ᖃᑎᒃ | qatik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qatik → _qatik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᑦᑕᖅ qattaq (1vv)
Meaning
regular or habitual action; 'often'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᑦᑕᖅ | qattaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qattaq → _Vqattaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᑦᑕᖅ | qattaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qattaq → _qattaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᑦᑕᖅ | qattaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qattaq → _qattaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᑦᑕᖅ | qattaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qattaq → _qattaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᐅᖅ qauq (1nv)
Meaning
to possess many ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: qaq1nv + uq3vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᐅᖅ | qauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qauq → _Vqauq |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᐅᖅ | qauq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qauq → _qauq |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᐅᖅ | qauq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qauq → _qauq |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᐅᖅ | qauq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qauq → _qauq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖃᐅᑎ qauti (1nn)
Meaning
container for ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: qaq1nv + ut1vn
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖃᐅᑎ | qauti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qauti → _Vqauti |
| After t | |||
| ᖃᐅᑎ | qauti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qauti → _qauti |
| After k | |||
| ᖃᐅᑎ | qauti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qauti → _qauti |
| After q | |||
| ᖃᐅᑎ | qauti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qauti → _qauti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕿ qi (1vv)
Meaning
to do s.t. by oneself
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕿ | qi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qi → _Vqi |
| After t | |||
| ᕿ | qi | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qi → _qi |
| After k | |||
| ᕿ | qi | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qi → _qi |
| After q | |||
| ᕿ | qi | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qi → _qi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᖅᑳᖅ qqaaq (1vv)
Meaning
first (before doing anything else); first (to do s.t.); before (with negative participle endings) or after (with positive participle endings)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖅᑳᖅ | qqaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qqaaq → _Vqqaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᖅᑳᖅ | qqaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qqaaq → _qqaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᖅᑳᖅ | qqaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qqaaq → _qqaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᖅᑳᖅ | qqaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qqaaq → _qqaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖅᑲᐅ qqau (1vv)
Meaning
recent perceived past
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅ | qqau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qqau → _Vqqau |
| After t | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅ | qqau | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qqau → _qqau |
| After k | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅ | qqau | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qqau → _qqau |
| After q | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅ | qqau | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qqau → _qqau |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ qqautau (1vv)
Meaning
to be the first one(s) to do s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ | qqautau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qqautau → _Vqqautau |
| After t | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ | qqautau | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qqautau → _qqautau |
| After k | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ | qqautau | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qqautau → _qqautau |
| After q | |||
| ᖅᑲᐅᑕᐅ | qqautau | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qqautau → _qqautau |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖅᑯᖅᑐ qquqtu (1nv)
Meaning
to have large (specified) body parts
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖅᑯᖅᑐ | qquqtu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qquqtu → _Vqquqtu |
| ᖁᖅᑐ | quqtu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+quqtu → _Vquqtu |
| After t | |||
| ᖅᑯᖅᑐ | qquqtu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qquqtu → _qquqtu |
| ᖁᖅᑐ | quqtu | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+quqtu → _tiquqtu |
| After k | |||
| ᖅᑯᖅᑐ | qquqtu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qquqtu → _qquqtu |
| ᖁᖅᑐ | quqtu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+quqtu → _quqtu |
| After q | |||
| ᖅᑯᖅᑐ | qquqtu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qquqtu → _qquqtu |
| ᖁᖅᑐ | quqtu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+quqtu → _quqtu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖅᑰᖅ qquuq (1vv)
Meaning
probably
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖅᑰᖅ | qquuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qquuq → _Vqquuq |
| After t | |||
| ᖅᑰᖅ | qquuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qquuq → _qquuq |
| After k | |||
| ᖅᑰᖅ | qquuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qquuq → _qquuq |
| After q | |||
| ᖅᑰᖅ | qquuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qquuq → _qquuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖁ qu (1vv)
Meaning
'so that' when used with participal verb endings
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qu → _Vqu |
| After t | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qu → _qu |
| After k | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qu → _qu |
| After q | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qu → _qu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_part
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖁ qu (2vv)
Meaning
to desire, to wish something to be done
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+qu → _Vqu |
| After t | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+qu → _qu |
| After k | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+qu → _qu |
| After q | |||
| ᖁ | qu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+qu → _qu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᖁᑎ quti (1nn)
Meaning
own; s.t. that belongs to s.o.
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖁᑎ | quti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+quti → _Vquti |
| After t | |||
| ᖁᑎ | quti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+quti → _quti |
| After k | |||
| ᖁᑎ | quti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+quti → _quti |
| After q | |||
| ᖁᑎ | quti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+quti → _quti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᖂᔨ quuji (1vv)
Meaning
ressemblance; 'look like'; 'appear'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᖂᔨ | quuji | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+quuji → _Vquuji |
| After t | |||
| ᖂᔨ | quuji | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+quuji → _quuji |
| After k | |||
| ᖂᔨ | quuji | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+quuji → _quuji |
| After q | |||
| ᖂᔨ | quuji | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+quuji → _quuji |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕋᔮᖅ rajaaq (1vv)
Meaning
to be slow, to take a long time to
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕋᔮᖅ | rajaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rajaaq → _Vrajaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᕋᔮᖅ | rajaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rajaaq → _rajaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᕋᔮᖅ | rajaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rajaaq → _rajaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᔮᖅ | rajaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rajaaq → _rajaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᕋᓛᖅ ralaaq (1nn)
Meaning
small
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕋᓛᖅ | ralaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ralaaq → _Vralaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᕋᓛᖅ | ralaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ralaaq → _ralaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᕋᓛᖅ | ralaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ralaaq → _ralaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᓛᖅ | ralaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ralaaq → _ralaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕋᖅ raq (1vv)
Meaning
prolonged action, or action occurring in distinct stages, one part after another
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕋᖅ | raq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+raq → _Vraq |
| After t | |||
| ᕋᖅ | raq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+raq → _raq |
| After k | |||
| ᕋᖅ | raq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+raq → _raq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᖅ | raq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+raq → _raq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕋᑖᖅ rataaq (1vv)
Meaning
immediate perceived past
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕋᑖᖅ | rataaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rataaq → _Vrataaq |
| After t | |||
| ᕋᑖᖅ | rataaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rataaq → _rataaq |
| After k | |||
| ᕋᑖᖅ | rataaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rataaq → _rataaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕋᑖᖅ | rataaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rataaq → _rataaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕆ ri (1vv)
Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| ᕆ | ri | It fusions the q of the stem with the r of the suffix into r. | _q+ri → _ri |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_ri/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕐᖓᖅ rngaq (1vv)
Meaning
for the first time
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕐᖓᖅ | rngaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rngaq → _Vrngaq |
| After t | |||
| ᕐᖓᖅ | rngaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rngaq → _rngaq |
| After k | |||
| ᕐᖓᖅ | rngaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rngaq → _rngaq |
| After q | |||
| ᕐᖓᖅ | rngaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rngaq → _rngaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᕈᔪᒃ rujuk (1vv)
Meaning
to a small degree, slight amount
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᔪᒃ | rujuk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rujuk → _Vrujuk |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᔪᒃ | rujuk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rujuk → _rujuk |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᔪᒃ | rujuk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rujuk → _rujuk |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᔪᒃ | rujuk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rujuk → _rujuk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq (1nn)
Meaning
collectiveness; characteristic
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rujuq → _Vrujuq |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rujuq → _rujuq |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rujuq → _rujuq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rujuq → _rujuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_p
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕈᔪᖅ rujuq (2nn)
Meaning
used on place names to indicate the place and the surrounding area, or following numerals to indicate approximate time
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rujuq → _Vrujuq |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rujuq → _rujuq |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rujuq → _rujuq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᔪᖅ | rujuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rujuq → _rujuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕈᓗ rulu (1nn)
Meaning
severe derogation (when this suffix is in final position, the word may be interpreted as a verb in the 3rp person); disparagement, disgust
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rulu → _Vrulu |
| ᕈᓗᒃ | ruluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ruluk → _Vruluk |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rulu → _rulu |
| ᕈᓗᒃ | ruluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ruluk → _ruluk |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rulu → _rulu |
| ᕈᓗᒃ | ruluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ruluk → _ruluk |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rulu → _rulu |
| ᕈᓗᒃ | ruluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ruluk → _ruluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕈᓗ rulu (2vv)
Meaning
severe derogation; disparagement, disgust
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rulu → _Vrulu |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rulu → _rulu |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rulu → _rulu |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓗ | rulu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rulu → _rulu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq (1vn)
Meaning
a unit of, a section or part of
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rusiq → _Vrusiq |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rusiq → _rusiq |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rusiq → _rusiq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rusiq → _rusiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕈᓯᖅ rusiq (2nn)
Meaning
a unit of, a section or part of
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+rusiq → _Vrusiq |
| After t | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+rusiq → _rusiq |
| After k | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+rusiq → _rusiq |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᓯᖅ | rusiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rusiq → _rusiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓵᓕ saali (1vv)
Meaning
early
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓵᓕ | saali | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+saali → _Vsaali |
| After t | |||
| ᓵᓕ | saali | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+saali → _tsaali |
| After k | |||
| ᓵᓕ | saali | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+saali → _ksaali |
| After q | |||
| ᓵᓕ | saali | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+saali → _qsaali |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓵᖅ saaq (1vn)
Meaning
one who has just done the action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+saaq → _Vsaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+saaq → _saaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+saaq → _saaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+saaq → _saaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᓵᖅ saaq (1vv)
Meaning
just; after some time; quickly, hastily; with imperative: 'just', 'merely'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+saaq → _Vsaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+saaq → _saaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+saaq → _saaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓵᖅ | saaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+saaq → _saaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓴᖅ saq (1vv)
Meaning
working at something to achieve a desired state, usually through prolonged action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓴᖅ | saq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+saq → _Vsaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓴᖅ | saq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+saq → _saq |
| After k | |||
| ᓴᖅ | saq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+saq → _ksaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓴᖅ | saq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+saq → _qsaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓴᕋᐃᑦ sarait (1vv)
Meaning
easiness or speed of action: 'quickly'; 'easily'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓴᕋᐃᑦ | sarait | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+sarait → _Vsarait |
| After t | |||
| ᓴᕋᐃᑦ | sarait | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+sarait → _sarait |
| After k | |||
| ᓴᕋᐃᑦ | sarait | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+sarait → _ksarait |
| After q | |||
| ᓴᕋᐃᑦ | sarait | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+sarait → _qsarait |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓴᕆᑐ saritu (1vv)
Meaning
to be slow
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓴᕆᑐ | saritu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+saritu → _Vsaritu |
| After t | |||
| ᓴᕆᑐ | saritu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+saritu → _saritu |
| After k | |||
| ᓴᕆᑐ | saritu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+saritu → _ksaritu |
| After q | |||
| ᓴᕆᑐ | saritu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+saritu → _qsaritu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯ si (1vv)
Meaning
added to transitive verb stems such that they retain their transitive sense when followed by intransitive infixes or endings, to avoid their otherwise reflexive or passive senses
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+si → _Vsi |
| After t | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+si → _tsi |
| After k | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+si → _ksi |
| After q | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+si → _qsi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
antipassive==antipassive_si/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓯ si (2vv)
Meaning
the action is being done now, where it was not the case before; readiness, commencement of action or motion
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+si → _Vsi |
| After t | |||
| ᓯ | si | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+si → _si |
| After k | |||
| ᓯ | si | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+si → _si |
| After q | |||
| ᓯ | si | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+si → _si |
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+si → _qsi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯ si (3vv)
Meaning
added to gi-verbs to make them intransitive
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+si → _Vsi |
| After t | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+si → _tsi |
| After k | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+si → _ksi |
| After q | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+si → _qsi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_si/3vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓯ si (4nv)
Meaning
to sight an animal; to discover s.t. (trans.: that belongs to s.o. else); to receive (after searching)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+si → _Vsi |
| After t | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+si → _tsi |
| After k | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+si → _ksi |
| After q | |||
| ᓯ | si | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+si → _qsi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq (1nn)
Meaning
something found
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siaq → _Vsiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siaq → _tsiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+siaq → _ksiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+siaq → _qsiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq (1nv)
Meaning
to come across; to find
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: si4nv + a1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siaq → _Vsiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siaq → _tsiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+siaq → _ksiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+siaq → _qsiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯᐊᖅ siaq (1vn)
Meaning
an action that is waited for completion
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siaq → _Vsiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siaq → _tsiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+siaq → _ksiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᐊᖅ | siaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+siaq → _qsiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓯᒪ sima (1vv)
Meaning
to be in a state acquired through a completed action (the word can be active, or passive)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᒪ | sima | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+sima → _Vsima |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᒪ | sima | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+sima → _sima |
| ᓯᒪ | sima | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+sima → _tsima |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᒪ | sima | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+sima → _ksima |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᒪ | sima | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+sima → _qsima |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯᖅ siq (1vv)
Meaning
to put or bring out, to be put or brought up for some natural process; to be waiting for an action to be performed or completed
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siq → _Vsiq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siq → _tsiq |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+siq → _ksiq |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+siq → _qsiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯᖅ siq (2vn)
Meaning
custom; way; habit; manner of doing s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siq → _Vsiq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+siq → _siq |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+siq → _siq |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᖅ | siq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+siq → _siq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᓯᕆ siri (1nv)
Meaning
to have ache or pain at
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᕆ | siri | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siri → _Vsiri |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᕆ | siri | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+siri → _siri |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᕆ | siri | The action is unknown. | null |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᕆ | siri | The action is unknown. | null |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓯᐅᖅ siuq (1nv)
Meaning
searching, looking for s.t. (trans.: of, for, about s.o.); travelling through space or time (spend); feasting, celebrating
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᐅᖅ | siuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siuq → _Vsiuq |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᐅᖅ | siuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siuq → _tsiuq |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᐅᖅ | siuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+siuq → _ksiuq |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᐅᖅ | siuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+siuq → _qsiuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓯᐅᑦ siut (1nn)
Meaning
something for, for use with s.t. or on some occasion
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓯᐅᑦ | siut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+siut → _Vsiut |
| After t | |||
| ᓯᐅᑦ | siut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+siut → _tsiut |
| ᓯᐅᑦ | siut | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+siut → _tisiut |
| After k | |||
| ᓯᐅᑦ | siut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+siut → _ksiut |
| After q | |||
| ᓯᐅᑦ | siut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+siut → _qsiut |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓱᒃ suk (1vv)
Meaning
added to gi-verbs to use them intransitively
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓱᒃ | suk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+suk → _Vsuk |
| After t | |||
| ᓱᒃ | suk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+suk → _suk |
| After k | |||
| ᓱᒃ | suk | It fusions the k of the stem with the s of the suffix into s. | _k+suk → _suk |
| ᓱᒃ | suk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+suk → _suk |
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v ET intransinfix==intransinfix_suk/1vv
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓱᖔᖅ sungaaq (1vv)
Meaning
'if at least'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓱᖔᖅ | sungaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+sungaaq → _Vsungaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓱᖔᖅ | sungaaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+sungaaq → _sungaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓱᖔᖅ | sungaaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+sungaaq → _sungaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓱᖔᖅ | sungaaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+sungaaq → _sungaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_cond
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik (1nv)
Meaning
to smell or taste like something
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+sungnik → _Vsungnik |
| After t | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+sungnik → _tsungnik |
| After k | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+sungnik → _ksungnik |
| After q | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+sungnik → _qsungnik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓱᖕᓂᒃ sungnik (2nn)
Meaning
something with the odour or the taste of (when the suffix is in final position, the word can be interpreted verbally in the 3rd person)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+sungnik → _Vsungnik |
| After t | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+sungnik → _tsungnik |
| After k | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+sungnik → _ksungnik |
| After q | |||
| ᓱᖕᓂᒃ | sungnik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+sungnik → _qsungnik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓱᖅ suq (1vv)
Meaning
prolonged action: 'for a long time'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓱᖅ | suq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+suq → _Vsuq |
| After t | |||
| ᓱᖅ | suq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+suq → _suq |
| After k | |||
| ᓱᖅ | suq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+suq → _ksuq |
| After q | |||
| ᓱᖅ | suq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+suq → _qsuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᓲᔭᖅ suujaq (1vv)
Meaning
prolonged action: 'for a long time'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: suuq1vn + u1nv + jaq2vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓲᔭᖅ | suujaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+suujaq → _Vsuujaq |
| After t | |||
| ᓲᔭᖅ | suujaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+suujaq → _suujaq |
| After k | |||
| ᓲᔭᖅ | suujaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+suujaq → _suujaq |
| After q | |||
| ᓲᔭᖅ | suujaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+suujaq → _suujaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓲᖅ suuq (1vn)
Meaning
one who habitually performs an action (when the suffix is in final position, the word can be interpreted verbally in the 3rd person)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+suuq → _Vsuuq |
| ᔫᖅ | juuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+juuq → _Vjuuq |
| After t | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+suuq → _suuq |
| After k | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+suuq → _suuq |
| After q | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+suuq → _suuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᓲᖅ suuq (2nn)
Meaning
similiraty; one who is similar to
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+suuq → _Vsuuq |
| After t | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+suuq → _suuq |
| After k | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+suuq → _suuq |
| After q | |||
| ᓲᖅ | suuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+suuq → _suuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑦ t (1vv)
Meaning
the action is done for, to, because of, instead of s.o. or s.t. (depending on the action)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦ | t | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+t → _Vt |
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᑖᖅ taaq (1nv)
Meaning
acquisition: 'to get'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+taaq → _Vtaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taaq → _ttaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taaq → _ktaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taaq → _qtaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑖᖅ taaq (2nn)
Meaning
newly-acquired thing
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+taaq → _Vtaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taaq → _ttaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taaq → _ktaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑖᖅ | taaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taaq → _qtaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑖᓵᖅ taasaaq (1nn)
Meaning
newly-acquired thing
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑖᓵᖅ | taasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+taasaaq → _Vtaasaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑖᓵᖅ | taasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taasaaq → _ttaasaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑖᓵᖅ | taasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taasaaq → _ktaasaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑖᓵᖅ | taasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taasaaq → _qtaasaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ tainnaq (1vv)
Meaning
at last; finally
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tainnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tainnaq → _Vtainnaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tainnaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tainnaq → _tainnaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tainnaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tainnaq → _tainnaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tainnaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tainnaq → _tainnaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑕᓕᒃ talik (1nn)
Meaning
possession, when referring to an antecedent
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᓕᒃ | talik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+talik → _Vtalik |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᓕᒃ | talik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+talik → _talik |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᓕᒃ | talik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+talik → _talik |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᓕᒃ | talik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+talik → _talik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑕᒫᑦ tamaat (1nn)
Meaning
every
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᒫᑦ | tamaat | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tamaat → _Vtamaat |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᒫᑦ | tamaat | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tamaat → _ttamaat |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᒫᑦ | tamaat | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tamaat → _ktamaat |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᒫᑦ | tamaat | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tamaat → _qtamaat |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑕᓐᓇᖅ tannaq (1nn)
Meaning
squatness: 'short, fat'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᓐᓇᖅ | tannaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tannaq → _Vtannaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᓐᓇᖅ | tannaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tannaq → _tannaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᓐᓇᖅ | tannaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tannaq → _tannaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᓐᓇᖅ | tannaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tannaq → _tannaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ tappiaq (1vv)
Meaning
possibility of something undesirable: 'might'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ | tappiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tappiaq → _Vtappiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ | tappiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tappiaq → _ttappiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ | tappiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tappiaq → _ktappiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᑉᐱᐊᖅ | tappiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tappiaq → _qtappiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_caus
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑕᖅ taq (1vv)
Meaning
repetitive action: 'back and forth'; 'up and down'; 'in and out'; 'off and on'; often
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+taq → _Vtaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taq → _ttaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taq → _ktaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taq → _qtaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑕᖅ taq (2nv)
Meaning
to gather; to get
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+taq → _Vtaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taq → _ttaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taq → _ktaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᖅ | taq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taq → _qtaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑕᖃᖅ taqaq (1nv)
Meaning
possession, when referring to an antecedent
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑕᖃᖅ | taqaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+taqaq → _Vtaqaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᖃᖅ | taqaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+taqaq → _taqaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᖃᖅ | taqaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+taqaq → _taqaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᖃᖅ | taqaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+taqaq → _taqaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑎᒋ tigi (1vv)
Meaning
to be as ... as
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑎᒋ | tigi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tigi → _Vtigi |
| After t | |||
| ᑎᒋ | tigi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tigi → _ttigi |
| After k | |||
| ᑎᒋ | tigi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tigi → _ktigi |
| After q | |||
| ᑎᒋ | tigi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tigi → _qtigi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑎᖅ tiq (1vn)
Meaning
young precocious person who performs an action well
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑎᖅ | tiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tiq → _Vtiq |
| After t | |||
| ᑎᖅ | tiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tiq → _ttiq |
| After k | |||
| ᑎᖅ | tiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tiq → _ktiq |
| After q | |||
| ᑎᖅ | tiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tiq → _qtiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑎᑦ tit (1vv)
Meaning
to cause s.o. (refl.: oneself) to do s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑎᑦ | tit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tit → _Vtit |
| After t | |||
| ᑎᑦ | tit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tit → _ttit |
| ᑎᑦ | tit | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tit → _tit |
| After k | |||
| ᑎᑦ | tit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tit → _ktit |
| After q | |||
| ᑎᑦ | tit | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tit → _qtit |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑦᓴᓕᖅ tsaliq (1vv)
Meaning
really
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᓴᓕᖅ | tsaliq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tsaliq → _Vtsaliq |
| After t | |||
| ᑦᓴᓕᖅ | tsaliq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tsaliq → _tsaliq |
| After k | |||
| ᑦᓴᓕᖅ | tsaliq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tsaliq → _tsaliq |
| After q | |||
| ᑦᓴᓕᖅ | tsaliq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tsaliq → _tsaliq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq (1vv)
Meaning
to do something well, in a good manner
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tsiaq → _Vtsiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tsiaq → _tsiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tsiaq → _tsiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tsiaq → _tsiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑦᓯᐊᖅ tsiaq (2nn)
Meaning
fine; good; nice
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tsiaq → _Vtsiaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tsiaq → _tsiaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tsiaq → _tsiaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᖅ | tsiaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tsiaq → _tsiaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ tsiavak (1nn)
Meaning
very fine, very good, excellent
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ | tsiavak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tsiavak → _Vtsiavak |
| After t | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ | tsiavak | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tsiavak → _tsiavak |
| After k | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ | tsiavak | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tsiavak → _tsiavak |
| After q | |||
| ᑦᓯᐊᕙᒃ | tsiavak | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tsiavak → _tsiavak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ tsiriaq (1vv)
Meaning
to be easily ...
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ | tsiriaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tsiriaq → _Vtsiriaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ | tsiriaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tsiriaq → _tsiriaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ | tsiriaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tsiriaq → _tsiriaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑦᓯᕆᐊᖅ | tsiriaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tsiriaq → _tsiriaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑦᑕᐃᓕ ttaili (1vv)
Meaning
refusal, refraining from: 'to refuse to'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᑕᐃᓕ | ttaili | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ttaili → _Vttaili |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᐃᓕ | taili | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+taili → _ttaili |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᐃᓕ | taili | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+taili → _ktaili |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᐃᓕ | taili | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+taili → _qtaili |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑦᑕᐅᖅ ttauq (1q)
Meaning
and, also
Type
tail suffix
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᑕᐅᖅ | ttauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ttauq → _Vttauq |
| After t | |||
| ᑕᐅᖅ | tauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tauq → _ttauq |
| After k | |||
| ᑕᐅᖅ | tauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tauq → _ktauq |
| After q | |||
| ᑕᐅᖅ | tauq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tauq → _qtauq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑦᑐᖅ ttuq (1nv)
Meaning
to start to have a large ...; to start to have a lot of ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: tu1nv + #incho#1vv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑦᑐᖅ | ttuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ttuq → _Vttuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑦᑐᖅ | ttuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ttuq → _ttuq |
| After k | |||
| ᑦᑐᖅ | ttuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ttuq → _ttuq |
| After q | |||
| ᑦᑐᖅ | ttuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ttuq → _ttuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
ᑐ tu (1nv)
Meaning
largeness, to have a large ...; to have a lot of ...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tu → _Vtu |
| ᑑ | tuu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuu → _Vtuu |
| After t | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tu → _tu |
| ᑑ | tuu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuu → _tuu |
| After k | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tu → _tu |
| ᑑ | tuu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuu → _tuu |
| After q | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tu → _tu |
| ᑑ | tuu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuu → _tuu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑐ tu (1vv)
Meaning
profoundly; very much; very often
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tu → _Vtu |
| After t | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tu → _tu |
| After k | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tu → _tu |
| After q | |||
| ᑐ | tu | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tu → _tu |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq (1vv)
Meaning
immediacy of action: 'as soon as...'; exclusiveness of action: 'if only ...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuaq → _Vtuaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuaq → _tuaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuaq → _tuaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuaq → _tuaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
mode==mode_caus OU mode==mode_cond
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑐᐊᖅ tuaq (2nn)
Meaning
exclusiveness: 'only one'; 'only'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuaq → _Vtuaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuaq → _tuaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuaq → _tuaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᐊᖅ | tuaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuaq → _tuaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq (1vv)
Meaning
merely; does nothing more than; simply; solely; only; sometimes 'always'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuinnaq → _Vtuinnaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ tuinnaq (2nn)
Meaning
ordinaryness, lack of special qualities; 'only', 'just', 'merely'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuinnaq → _Vtuinnaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᖅ | tuinnaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuinnaq → _tuinnaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ tuinnariaqaq (1vv)
Meaning
only action remaining to be done: 'to have nothing more to do but...'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Combination
This complex suffix is a combination of the suffixes: tuinnaq1vv + jariaq1vn + qaq1nv
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ | tuinnariaqaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuinnariaqaq → _Vtuinnariaqaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ | tuinnariaqaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuinnariaqaq → _tuinnariaqaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ | tuinnariaqaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuinnariaqaq → _tuinnariaqaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᕆᐊᖃᖅ | tuinnariaqaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuinnariaqaq → _tuinnariaqaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ tuinnau (1vv)
Meaning
action done by all
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ | tuinnau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuinnau → _Vtuinnau |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ | tuinnau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuinnau → _ttuinnau |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ | tuinnau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuinnau → _ktuinnau |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᐃᓐᓇᐅ | tuinnau | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuinnau → _qtuinnau |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᑲᖅ tukaq (1nn)
Meaning
old
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᑲᖅ | tukaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tukaq → _Vtukaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᑲᖅ | tukaq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+tukaq → _titukaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᑲᖅ | tukaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tukaq → _tukaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᑲᖅ | tukaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tukaq → _tukaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᖅ tuq (1nv)
Meaning
to use an object in the manner in which it was intended to be used; food: 'to consume'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuq → _Vtuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuq → _ttuq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuq → _ktuq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuq → _qtuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑐᖅ tuq (1vv)
Meaning
prolonged action: 'for a long time'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuq → _Vtuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuq → _tuq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuq → _ktuq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᖅ | tuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuq → _qtuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑐᖃᖅ tuqaq (1nn)
Meaning
old, acquired long time ago
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑐᖃᖅ | tuqaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuqaq → _Vtuqaq |
| After t | |||
| ᑐᖃᖅ | tuqaq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+tuqaq → _tituqaq |
| After k | |||
| ᑐᖃᖅ | tuqaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuqaq → _ktuqaq |
| ᑐᖃᖅ | tuqaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuqaq → _tuqaq |
| After q | |||
| ᑐᖃᖅ | tuqaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuqaq → _qtuqaq |
| ᑐᖃᖅ | tuqaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuqaq → _tuqaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᑑᖅ tuuq (1nn)
Meaning
attached to animal names to mean 'a place abounding in...'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuuq → _Vtuuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+tuuq → _ttuuq |
| After k | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+tuuq → _ktuuq |
| After q | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+tuuq → _qtuuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᑑᖅ tuuq (2nv)
Meaning
longing: 'I wish I ...'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix occurs only in word-final position, i.e. it cannot be followed by another suffix.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+tuuq → _Vtuuq |
| After t | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+tuuq → _tuuq |
| After k | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+tuuq → _tuuq |
| After q | |||
| ᑑᖅ | tuuq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+tuuq → _tuuq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐅ u (1nv)
Meaning
existence; is
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅ | u | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+u → _Vu |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VV+u → _VVngu | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐅ | u | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+u → _u |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVt+u → _VVngu | ||
| ᐅ | u | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+u → _tiu |
| After k | |||
| ᐅ | u | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+u → _u |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVk+u → _VVngu | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐅ | u | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+u → _u |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts ng in front of the suffix. | _VVq+u → _VVngu | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐅᔾᔭᖅ ujjaq (1vn)
Meaning
s.o. for, to, with whom the action is done; s.t. transported, fetched, brought; s.t. caught, trapped
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᔾᔭᖅ | ujjaq | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+ujjaq → _Vjjujjaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐅᔾᔭᖅ | ujjaq | . | _t+ujjaq → _jjujjaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᔾᔭᖅ | ujjaq | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+ujjaq → _gujjaq |
| After q | |||
| ᐅᔾᔭᖅ | ujjaq | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+ujjaq → _rujjaq |
| ᐅᔾᔭᖅ | ujjaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ujjaq → _ujjaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ ujjuaq (1vv)
Meaning
competition in the action of the verb
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ | ujjuaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ujjuaq → _Vujjuaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ | ujjuaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ujjuaq → _ujjuaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown. | |||
| After k | |||
| ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ | ujjuaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ujjuaq → _ujjuaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown. | |||
| After q | |||
| ᐅᔾᔪᐊᖅ | ujjuaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ujjuaq → _ujjuaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, the action is unknown. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the following morpheme
number==number_d OU number==number_p
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐅᖅ uq (1nv)
Meaning
to go through
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uq → _uq |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_via
Examples
Sources
Schneider, Lucien, "Dictionnaire des infixes de la langue eskimaude". Ministère des Affaires culturelles, Direction générale du Patrimoine, Dossier 43, Québec, Québec, Canada, 1979.
ᐅᖅ uq (2nv)
Meaning
to imitate, to do like
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uq → _uq |
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
cas==cas_sim
Examples
ᐅᖅ uq (3vv)
Meaning
frequentative: many subjects; many objects
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+uq → _Vuq |
| After t | |||
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uq → _uq |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+uq → _uq |
| After q | |||
| ᐅᖅ | uq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uq → _uq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᐅᖅᑲᖅ uqqaq (1vv)
Meaning
to do an action upon something repeatedly: "one after another"
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᖅᑲᖅ | uqqaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+uqqaq → _Vuqqaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, . | _VV+uqqaq → _VVqqaq | ||
| After t | |||
| ᐅᖅᑲᖅ | uqqaq | It inserts i in front of the suffix. | _t+uqqaq → _tiuqqaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᖅᑲᖅ | uqqaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+uqqaq → _uqqaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, . | _VVk+uqqaq → _VVqqaq | ||
| After q | |||
| ᐅᖅᑲᖅ | uqqaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uqqaq → _uqqaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, . | _VVq+uqqaq → _VVqqaq | ||
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
ᐅᓯᖅ usiq (1vn)
Meaning
custom; way; habit; usual way of doing s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+usiq → _Vusiq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VV+usiq → _VVjjusiq | ||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+usiq → _Vjjusiq |
| After t | |||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+usiq → _usiq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVt+usiq → _VVjjusiq | ||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | . | _t+usiq → _jjusiq |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+usiq → _usiq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVk+usiq → _VVjjusiq | ||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | . | _k+usiq → _jjusiq |
| After q | |||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+usiq → _usiq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVq+usiq → _VVjjusiq | ||
| ᐅᓯᖅ | usiq | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+usiq → _rusiq |
| ᖁᓯᖅ | qusiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+qusiq → _qqusiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐅᑦ ut (1vn)
Meaning
object, instrument, tool for doing s.t.; time of an action
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ut → _Vut |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VV+ut → _VVjjut | ||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+uti → _Vuti |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VV+uti → _VVjjuti | ||
| ᐅᑎᒃ | utik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+utik → _Vutik |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VV+utik → _VVjjutik | ||
| ᐅᑕᖅ | utaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+utaq → _Vutaq |
| If the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VV+utaq → _VVjjutaq | ||
| ᒍᑦ | gut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gut → _Vgut |
| ᒍᑎ | guti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+guti → _Vguti |
| ᒍᑎᒃ | gutik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gutik → _Vgutik |
| ᒍᑕᖅ | gutaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+gutaq → _Vgutaq |
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+ut → _Vjjut |
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+uti → _Vjjuti |
| ᐅᑎᒃ | utik | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+utik → _Vjjutik |
| ᐅᑕᖅ | utaq | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+utaq → _Vjjutaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ut → _ut |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVt+ut → _VVjjut | ||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uti → _uti |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVt+uti → _VVjjuti | ||
| ᐅᑎᒃ | utik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+utik → _utik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVt+utik → _VVjjutik | ||
| ᐅᑕᖅ | utaq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+utaq → _utaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVt+utaq → _VVjjutaq | ||
| ᒍᑎ | guti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+guti → _guti |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ut → _ut |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVk+ut → _VVjjut | ||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+uti → _uti |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVk+uti → _VVjjuti | ||
| ᐅᑎᒃ | utik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+utik → _utik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVk+utik → _VVjjutik | ||
| ᐅᑕᖅ | utaq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+utaq → _utaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, it inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _VVk+utaq → _VVjjutaq | ||
| ᒍᑎ | guti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+guti → _guti |
| After q | |||
| ᕈᑦ | rut | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rut → _rut |
| ᕈᑎ | ruti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ruti → _ruti |
| ᕈᑎᒃ | rutik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rutik → _rutik |
| ᕈᑕᖅ | rutaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+rutaq → _rutaq |
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ut → _ut |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+ut → _Vut | ||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uti → _uti |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+uti → _Vuti | ||
| ᐅᑎᒃ | utik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+utik → _utik |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+utik → _Vutik | ||
| ᐅᑕᖅ | utaq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+utaq → _utaq |
| If, after the deletion, the stem ends with 2 vowels, and if the last vowel of the stem is a, it deletes the a. | _Vaq+utaq → _Vutaq | ||
| ᖁᑦ | qut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+qut → _qqut |
| ᖁᑎ | quti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+quti → _qquti |
| ᖁᑎᒃ | qutik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+qutik → _qqutik |
| ᖁᑕᖅ | qutaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+qutaq → _qqutaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
type==type_v OU function==function_nv OU function==function_vv
Examples
ᐅᑦ ut (2nn)
Meaning
bag, container for; s.t. which has...
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+ut → _Vut |
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+uti → _Vuti |
| After t | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+ut → _ut |
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+uti → _uti |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+ut → _ut |
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+uti → _uti |
| After q | |||
| ᐅᑦ | ut | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+ut → _ut |
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uti → _uti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᐅᑎ uti (1vv)
Meaning
to do the action for, to, with him/her/it; with him/her/it; with words of movement: to bring, fetch, transport s.t.
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It inserts jj in front of the suffix. | _V+uti → _Vjjuti |
| After t | |||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | . | _t+uti → _jjuti |
| After k | |||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+uti → _guti |
| After q | |||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+uti → _ruti |
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uti → _uti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᐅᑎ uti (3nn)
Meaning
indefinite pronoun 'one'
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After t | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After k | |||
| This morpheme is never encountered in this context. | |||
| After q | |||
| ᐅᑎ | uti | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+uti → _uti |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
id==juq/1vn
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕚᓪᓕᖅ vaalliq (1vv)
Meaning
to do something that one didn't do before
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕚᓪᓕᖅ | vaalliq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vaalliq → _Vvaalliq |
| After t | |||
| ᐹᓪᓕᖅ | paalliq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+paalliq → _tpaalliq |
| After k | |||
| ᐹᓪᓕᖅ | paalliq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+paalliq → _kpaalliq |
| After q | |||
| ᐹᓪᓕᖅ | paalliq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paalliq → _qpaalliq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕙᒋᖅ vagiq (1vv)
Meaning
to have already done something
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᒋᖅ | vagiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vagiq → _Vvagiq |
| ᕙᒌᖅ | vagiiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vagiiq → _Vvagiiq |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᒋᖅ | pagiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pagiq → _tpagiq |
| ᐸᒌᖅ | pagiiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pagiiq → _tpagiiq |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᒋᖅ | pagiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pagiq → _kpagiq |
| ᐸᒌᖅ | pagiiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pagiiq → _kpagiiq |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᒋᖅ | pagiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pagiq → _qpagiq |
| ᐸᒌᖅ | pagiiq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pagiiq → _qpagiiq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕙᐃ vai (1nv)
Meaning
to go towards a location (used with traditional locations: side, back, front, ...)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᐃ | vai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vai → _Vvai |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᐃ | pai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pai → _tpai |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᐃ | pai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pai → _kpai |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᐃ | pai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pai → _qpai |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᕙᒃ vak (1vv)
Meaning
common action: 'often'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᒃ | vak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vak → _Vvak |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᒃ | pak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pak → _tpak |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᒃ | pak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pak → _kpak |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᒃ | pak | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pak → _qpak |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕙᓚᑦᓯ valatsi (1vv)
Meaning
to sound like
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᓚᑦᓯ | valatsi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+valatsi → _Vvalatsi |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓚᑦᓯ | palatsi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+palatsi → _tpalatsi |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓚᑦᓯ | palatsi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+palatsi → _kpalatsi |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓚᑦᓯ | palatsi | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+palatsi → _qpalatsi |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕙᓪᓚᐃ vallai (1vv)
Meaning
probably
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᓪᓚᐃ | vallai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vallai → _Vvallai |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓪᓚᐃ | pallai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pallai → _tpallai |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓪᓚᐃ | pallai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pallai → _kpallai |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓪᓚᐃ | pallai | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pallai → _qpallai |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕙᓪᓕᐊ vallia (1vv)
Meaning
progression; 'gradually'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᓪᓕᐊ | vallia | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vallia → _Vvallia |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓪᓕᐊ | pallia | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pallia → _tpallia |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓪᓕᐊ | pallia | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pallia → _kpallia |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓪᓕᐊ | pallia | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pallia → _qpallia |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
| (angili) | (ᐊᖏᓕ) | angilivalliajuq | ᐊᖏᓕᕙᓪᓕᐊᔪᖅ | It is gradually getting larger |
| (nungut) | (ᓄᖑᑦ) | nunguppalliajut | ᓄᖑᑉᐸᓪᓕᐊᔪᑦ | They are gradually disappearing |
| (ilinniaq) | (ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᖅ) | ilinniaqpalliajugut | ᐃᓕᓐᓂᐊᖅᐸᓪᓕᐊᔪᒍᑦ | We are gradually learning |
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕙᖅ vaq (1nv)
Meaning
to go towards a location (used with traditional locations: side, back, front, ...)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᖅ | vaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vaq → _Vvaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᖅ | paq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+paq → _tpaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᖅ | paq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+paq → _kpaq |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᖅ | paq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+paq → _qpaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᕙᓵᖅ vasaaq (1vv)
Meaning
to do what one never did before
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᓵᖅ | vasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vasaaq → _Vvasaaq |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pasaaq → _tpasaaq |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pasaaq → _kpasaaq |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓵᖅ | pasaaq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pasaaq → _qpasaaq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᕙᓯᒃ vasik (1nv)
Meaning
to be too close of a location (used with traditional locations: side, back, front, ...)
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕙᓯᒃ | vasik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vasik → _Vvasik |
| After t | |||
| ᐸᓯᒃ | pasik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _t+pasik → _tpasik |
| After k | |||
| ᐸᓯᒃ | pasik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _k+pasik → _kpasik |
| After q | |||
| ᐸᓯᒃ | pasik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _q+pasik → _qpasik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Spalding, Alex, "Inuktitut - A Grammar of North Baffin Dialects". Wuerz Publishing Ltd., Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada, 1992.
ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ vigjuaraaluk (1vn)
Meaning
extreme: 'very, very' (when the suffix is in final position, the word can be interpreted as a verb in the 3rd person)
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ | vigjuaraaluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vigjuaraaluk → _Vvigjuaraaluk |
| After t | |||
| ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ | vigjuaraaluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+vigjuaraaluk → _vigjuaraaluk |
| After k | |||
| ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ | vigjuaraaluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+vigjuaraaluk → _vigjuaraaluk |
| After q | |||
| ᕕᒡᔪᐊᕌᓗᒃ | vigjuaraaluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+vigjuaraaluk → _vigjuaraaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕕᒃ vik (1nn)
Meaning
enormous; most impressive
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vik → _Vvik |
| After t | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+vik → _vik |
| After k | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+vik → _vik |
| After q | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+vik → _vik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕕᒃ vik (2vv)
Meaning
finality: 'for good'; 'forever'
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vik → _Vvik |
| After t | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+vik → _vik |
| After k | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+vik → _vik |
| After q | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+vik → _vik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕕᒃ vik (3vn)
Meaning
place where the action of the verb takes place
Type
verbal suffix, verb-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It inserts p in front of the suffix. | _V+vik → _Vpvik |
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vik → _Vvik |
| After t | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It assimilates the t of the stem to the v of the suffix. | _t+vik → _vvik |
| After k | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It vocalizes the k of the stem into g. | _k+vik → _gvik |
| After q | |||
| ᕕᒃ | vik | It vocalizes the q of the stem into r. | _q+vik → _rvik |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕕᓂᖅ viniq (1nn)
Meaning
denotes a former state; unperceived past following gerundive ending
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-noun, producing a noun
Position
This suffix may occur in word-final position, but may also be followed by additional suffixes.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕕᓂᖅ | viniq | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+viniq → _Vviniq |
| After t | |||
| ᕕᓂᖅ | viniq | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+viniq → _viniq |
| After k | |||
| ᕕᓂᖅ | viniq | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+viniq → _viniq |
| After q | |||
| ᕕᓂᖅ | viniq | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+viniq → _viniq |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.
ᕝᕙᓗᒃ vvaluk (1nv)
Meaning
to sound like
Type
noun suffix, noun-to-verb, producing a verb
Position
This suffix must be followed by another suffix, i.e. it cannot occur in word-final position.
Variants and actions
| After vowel | |||
| ᕝᕙᓗᒃ | vvaluk | It does not affect the final of the stem. | _V+vvaluk → _Vvvaluk |
| After t | |||
| ᕝᕙᓗᒃ | vvaluk | It deletes the t of the stem. | _t+vvaluk → _vvaluk |
| After k | |||
| ᕝᕙᓗᒃ | vvaluk | It deletes the k of the stem. | _k+vvaluk → _vvaluk |
| After q | |||
| ᕝᕙᓗᒃ | vvaluk | It deletes the q of the stem. | _q+vvaluk → _vvaluk |
Note: When the final consonant of the stem is not affected by the suffix, or when it is voiced or nasalized, or when a consonant is inserted before the suffix, and the suffix starts with a consonant, that group of consonant may be subject to gemination, a phenomenon encountered in several dialects by which the first consonant is assimilated to the second one, for example, TP > PP, PV > VV.
Special conditions on the preceding morpheme
PAS type==type_tn ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_d) ET PAS (type==type_n ET number==number_p)
Examples
Sources
Harper, Kenn, "Suffixes of the Eskimo dialects of Cumberland Peninsula and North Baffin Island". National Museums of Canada, National Museum of Man, Mercury Series, Ethnology Division, Paper no. 54, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, 1979.